Show: 25 50 75 100 Results

Search results: 100 out of 12,945

الاحتجاج الصرفي عند شراح الشافية في القرن الثامن الهجري == Morphological Evidence According To Al - Shafiya's Interpreters In The Eighth Hijri Century

Author name: باسم محمد عيادة الحلفي
Supervisor name: ليث داود سلمان
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The researcher may be tired and aware of his transfer from a chapter or a subject to another or from a science to another, but all this disappears when he gets the results of the study. When the result is the fruit of his labor and long efforts, his transition is nothing but comfort and pleasure. Of the most important findings of the study are as follows : - The evidence is a mental behavior to which a person is entitled in matters that deprive him of proving or denying it by means of various mental evidence based on general principles and rules that cannot be proven or denied. - The study proves that the evidence proves the speech of the author of his honesty, such as the Book of Allah and the Sunnah of His Prophet (peace be upon him) and the words of the Arabs before his mission, in his time, and beyond. - It confirms that the witness and citation are no different from the evidence in terms of concept, both are linguistic evidence used by the grammarians to either confirm or deny. Therefore, between the evidence and the citation in general and specific due to the fact that they are equal in meaning and use, both are equal in that they prove the validity of the rule and opinion. However, the study proves that this general referred to as not being launched, there is another view is that the evidence is more than the citation because it is mind and transport either citation is only by transformation. - What has been proven in the study is that there are some terms that are very close to the two terms of evidence and citation : representation, ideals and examples. - What the study confirms is the use of large - scale the term evidence by the ancient scientists, but they expressed it in different words like cited, proving citation, and argument, and many more. - The study shows that there are many bases that are supported in the evidence by scientists that can be referred to as sources of evidence, which are generally transient and mental. The first, such as the Quran, Hadith of the prophet, and his evidence, and poetry and prose of the Arabs, proverbs and dialects. The second deals with analogy and morphology. There is a third type that does not include them, and this is what we call the other evidence. - What we have reached in our results is that the interpreters did not get out of the circles of the temporal and spatial evidence. They cited with the rules established and ruled by the grammarians in which they may be invoked, and the tribes did not depart from the tribes in which the eloquence and the statement from which the evidence is taken.

القصيدة الاعلامية في الشعر العراقي المعاصر منذ عام 2003 الى 2017م == Informative poem at Contemporary Iraqi Poetry Since2003 to 2017

Author name: باسم حساب راشد العبادي
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Literature
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The reader of the contemporary Iraqi poetic works after the year (2003) and in the framework of poetic literature finds the emergence of poetic texts within the context of the media investing aesthetic through transmission to a means or a publicity holder, or news of what is outside the text in the basic degree ... This led to a decline in aesthetic value Within its teleological dimension in front of the topics arising from the conflict of ideological and ideological differences of the Iraqi society and the result of the new reality of cultural openness. This is justified by the adoption of poets in the construction of texts on the elements of popular attraction : objectivity, such as politics, religion, faith, doctrine and important events, and artistic with visual, musical, visual, inspirational, direct, and spontaneous, motivational, emotional, etc. to achieve propaganda, The political ... Through this, the idea of (the media poem in contemporary Iraqi poetry since 2003) was the subject of study ... What distinguishes our study is its comprehensiveness of the manifestations of the thematic issues in a period of time has not studied any study in this area, the era after 2003, which dealt with the poetic output until the end of 2017 as this period of the product is rich in conflicts and media issues ... As for the methodology of the research, the researcher adopted a descriptive and analytical approach based on monitoring the most important subjects in which the poets participated and then analyzing the texts to uncover the most important means of popular and artistic mass appeal adopted by the poets as informational marketers. The nature of the study imposed the paths of the work and was divided into three chapters preceded by a preliminary and followed by a conclusion and a list of sources and references. The introduction under the title (Political, Social and Cultural Changes in Iraq after 2003 was a brief reading). The first chapter came within the title of the media poem term and roots. It included three topics. The first topic was entitled (The media poem is a reading of the term). The title of the second subject (roots of the media poem in the Arabic poetry from the ignorance to the Abbasid period) Poeticism of the 20th century media poem) The second chapter was entitled "The manifestations of politics, the homeland, the society in the media poem" and included three topics : the first topic (the political poem), the second section is its title (homeland in the media poem) The third chapter entitled "The features of the active scene in the media poem" came in the first section entitled (religion in the media poem .. manifestations and multiple visions). The second topic was titled (manifestations of the interaction of the event in the media poem) The title of the third section (Other manifestations in the poem Media). The chapters were concluded with a conclusion that dealt with the most important findings of the researcher in this study.

الدعاء في نهج البلاغة : دراسة تحليلية في انماط التركيب ودلالات الصوت والبناء الصرفي

Author name: امجد جيجان يوسف محيي الحلفي
Supervisor name: خليل خلف بشير
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: لاشك في ان البحث في علوم اهل بيت النبوة (عليهم السلام) هو شرف لكل باحث وطالب علم يامل ان يغترف من معين اسفار ال محمد لا سيما امير البلغاء والمتكلمين في سفره الخالد (نهج البلاغة), اذ يعد هذا الكتاب من حيث المكانة الدينية والموضوعات التي حواها بعد كلام الخالق عز وجل وكلام النبي (صلى الله عليه واله وسلم), فكان ذلك دافعا للبحث في احد موضوعاته بما شكله من نص ديني ابداعي, وقد اقترح الاستاذ المشرف موضوع الدعاء فيه, فقبلت الفكرة كون موضوع الدعاء يعد من الموضوعات الزاخرة بالعطاء الروحي والبيان اللغوي, فقد شكل الدعاء عند امير المؤمنين (عليه السلام) بابا من ابواب بلاغته؛ ليرفدنا بنص لغوي حتوى معاني لغوية متعددة, وجاءت الدراسة تحت عنوان(الدعاء في نهج البلاغة دراسة في انماط التركيب ودلالات الصوت والبناء الصرفي)؛ لنتعرف على اهم الميزات اللغوية والدلالات التي شكلت هذا الدعاء, وجاء البحث على تمهيد وثلاثة فصول ثم خاتمة بينت النتائج التي توصل اليها الباحث, تضمن التمهيد : الدعاء لغة واصطلاحا, وفضيلة الدعاء عند امير المؤمنين (عليه السلام), ثم جاء الكلام عن اداب الدعاء عنده (عليه السلام), وكان الفصل الاول بعنوان (انماط التركيب الخبري) وفيه قسمان التركيب الاسمي في جزئيها المبتدا والخبر، وكذا في التركيب الفعلي التي وزعت بحسب الفعل على قسمين تركيب الفعل الماضي ووتركيب المضارع, اما الفصل الثاني فكان بعنوان انماط التركيب الانشائي, وقد كان على ثلاثة اقسام الاول تركيب النداء, والثاني تركيب الامر, اما الثالث تركيب النهي, واما الفصل الثالث فحمل عنوان (دلالات الصوت والبناء الصرفي الادعية في نهج البلاغة) وجاء على قسمين من اقسام الدلالة الاولى الدلالة الصوتية والثانية الدلالة الصرفية، ولم اتعرض للدلالة النحوية؛ لان ما تقدم في الفصل الاول يدل عليها، وضم البحث خاتمة عرضنا فيها اهم ما توصل اليه البحث.اما المصادر فقد استعنت في الاصل على خمسة شروح للنهج كان اهمها, شرح ابن ابي الحديد, ونفحات الولاية للشيخ ناصر مكارم الشيرازي, , ومنهاج البراعة في شرح نهج البلاغة لحبيب الخوئي, وفي ظلال نهج البلاغة لمحمد جواد مغنية, وشرح نهج البلاغة لابن ميثم البحراني, وغيرها من المصادر التي توزعت بين القديم والحديث, ولعل اهم ما واجه الباحث من صعوبات هو عدم وجود شرح لغوي واف لنهج البلاغة يمكن الاعتماد عليه, فالشروح المتداولة والمعتمدة في البحث تطغى عليها الجوانب العقائدية والتاريخية, ومن الصعوبات كذلك المساحة الضيقة للنص الدعائي فلم يكن النص كبيرا ليعطي للباحث حرية البحث والتقصي والاستشهاد. في النهاية اسال الله تعالى توفيقه فهو خير ناصر وخير معين والحمد لله تعالى اولا واخرا | The current study sheds light on the linguistic structure of the text of prayer in Imam Ali's Nahj Albalagha (Peak of Eloquence) and on its semantic level in many respects : investigating the sentence of prayer in terms of its nominal and verb phrases; developing the patterns of prayer, which is represented by the vocative case, command, and prohibition and their semantic aspects, as well as highlighting the syntactic and phonological significance of the text.Additionally, the study expresses the deep meaning implied by the text and its association with the originator of the text, the most knowledgeable of the secrets of language and its implications. The study also explicates the relation of prayer as a linguistic unit and as a spiritual connection between the worshipper and the worshipped tailored in a highly elegant style of politeness, formed by Imam Ali (P.B.U.H.)

الانا والاخر في شعر الابيوردي == THE EGO AND THE OTHER IN AL - ABEORDY'S POE

Author name: الاء جهاد فاضل المالكي
Supervisor name: علي عبـد رمضان
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: يعد موضوع ثنائية الانا والاخر موضوعا نقديا معاصرا مهما تناولته الدراسات الحديثة المعاصرة. لما يحمله من جمالية واهمية؛ لذا عمد البحث الى ان يدرس هذا الثنائي ـــ الانا والاخر في شعر الابيوردي ـــ اذ لا يمكن ان ندرس الانا بمعزل عن الاخر والعكس صحيح ؛ لان الاخر يؤدي دورا حاسما ومؤثرا في معرفة هوية الانا كذلك هو دور الانا في معرفة هوية الاخر، فوجود احدهما دون الاخر لا يمكن ان نلحظه داخل النص الادبي، فهما مكملان لبعضهما بعضا.وكان لاستاذي المشرف الفضل في اقتراح الموضوع وعرضه على اللجنة العلمية الموقرة في القسم، وبعد ان نال الموافقة بصلاحيته للدراسة شرعت في جمع مادته وتتبع كل ما يتعلق به بدءا من اقتناء ديوان الشاعر الابيوردي وانتهاء بما امكنني بلوغه من المصادر والمراجع التي تتعلق بهذا الموضوع وترفد فصوله ومباحثه. وعليه فقد اقتضت خطة البحث ان يدرس هذا الموضوع في ثلاثة فصول سبقت بتمهيد والحقت بخاتمة تبرز اهم ما توصلت اليه الدراسة من نتائج ومن ثم المصادر والمراجع. اختص التمهيد بتقديم نبذة في المفهوم اللغوي والاصطلاحي والنفسي والفلسفي لكل من الانا والاخر. اما الفصل الاول : فقد تناول تمثيلات الانا / الذات . وكان ذلك في ثلاثة مباحث، المبحث الاول : الانا الفردية / الذاتية ومظاهر اعلائها، وتناول المبحث الثاني : تجليات الانا الجمعية، في حين درس المبحث الثالث : الذات / الانا الشاكية. اما الفصل الثاني : فقد خصص لدراسة الاخر في شعر الابيوردي، وكان ذلك في ثلاثة مباحث. تناول المبحث الاول : الاخر السياسي، وتناول المبحث الثاني : الاخر الانثوي، وتناول المبحث الثالث : الاخر الاجتماعي. اما الفصل الثالث فجاء دراسة فنية في مبحثين : شمل المبحث الاول منهما اللغة الشعرية ، وتناول المبحث الثاني : الصورة الشعرية . اما مصادر الدراسة ومراجعها فمتعددة كان في مقدمتها ديوان الشاعر الابيوردي بتحقيق الدكتور عمر الاسعد، والعديد من المصادر والمراجع التي تخص الذات / الانا والاخر، فضلاعن الدراسات النقدية والادبية والنفسية التي افدت منها كثيرا. اما المنهج الذي سار عليه البحث فقد اعتمدت فيه على الاسلوب التحليلي الوصفي كمنهج للدراسة. وقد كان دافعي للقيام بهذه الدراسة اعجابي بهذا الموضوع وبما يحمله من جمالية واهمية، ومما دفعني لتطبيق هذا الموضوع ــ الانا والاخرــ على شعر الابيوردي العباسي، لما يمتلكه من حس مرهف وصدق تجربة الذي حمل بين طيات شعره انا متعالية متفاخرة، وبالمقابل حمل كثيرا من الاسى والمعاناة الذاتية بسبب الاضطراب الذي ساد في عصره . ويعود الفضل في ذلك الى استاذي ومشرفي الاستاذ المساعد الدكتور علي عبد رمضان فهو الذي اقترح هذا الموضوع القيم كما اسلفت فمن واجبي الاعتراف بفضله الكبير، فاتوجه بجزيل الشكر والامتنان اليه اذ لم يبخل علي بتوجيهاته ونصائحه القيمة التي كانت لي عونا في اتمام هذا البحث. وفي الختام ارجو من الله ان يجعل اعمالنا خالصة لوجهه الكريم وان يشمل قصورنا بالعفو والغفران ... | The topic of "The Other " and " Self" is considered a critical and contemporary subject handled by modern studies. Since this topic is of high importance, the current work focuses on analyzing Al Abeordy's poetry from this perspective. The other is always compared , from the analytical point of view, with the self for the former plays a considerable role in understanding the latter. The "other" notion is seen as a reflection of the "self" and also regarded as a point of conceptualizing "the self". Thus, both of them can be seen together in a literary work. They complete each other. The work consists of three chapters besides an introduction and a conclusion. The preliminary is concerned with introducing the poet's life and explanation about the linguistic, philosophical and psychological views of the two concepts : "the other" and "self". Chapter one is specified to the representations of these two concepts, comprising three sections, the first one is about the single self (I), the second studies the plural self (we), and the third one is skeptical self. Chapter two investigates the notion of "the other" in Al Abeordy's poems including also three sections. The first is the political other, the second is about feminist other, and the third is the social other. Chapter three is concerned with the study of the other and the associated discourse in his poetry. It consists of two sections, the first one is about poetic language and the second is poetic images

الدرس البلاغي في العراق في العصر الحديث

Author name: عبد الحسن علي مهلهل السهلاني
Supervisor name: قصي سالم علوان الجلبي
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - Faculty Of Education - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

شعر الارجاني : دراسة فنية

Author name: وداد يعقوب سلمان الحراك
Supervisor name: قصي سالم علوان الجلبي
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Literature
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - Faculty Of Education - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

السياق واثره الدلالي في دراسات الاصوليين

Author name: انجيرس طعمة يوسف
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Context' is an issue which the Jurisprudents studied andto which they referred in their rules and categorizations.The Jurisprudents' studies are no less important than thestudies done by linguists, exegetists and rhetoricians,different though their purposes are. Jurisprudents holdcontext as indication of meaning of legislative rulings. Soboth external and internal contexts are topics for study byJurisprudents and religious scholars in the analysis of thelegislative rulings of the Holy Quran and Prophet'stradition (Sunnah). External context or 'co - text' indicatesall the circumstances surrounding the text and whichwould influence the meaning of the text, issues tackledby the Jurisprudents and practiced by doctrinists..The internal context comprises the meanings of thesame text or other texts related to it, whether proving ordisproving it, according to certain methods of collection.My study is based on the researches done so far bythe Jurisprudents and is classified into external andinternal contexts. The first is fallen under three types : circumstantial context, context of situation, and actualcontext. These three kinds of context were addressed bythe Jurisprudents who, however, did not categorize themthis way. But it is appropriate to show them to prove thatthe Jurisprudents were the first to pay attention to theexternal context. The same has been done with regard tothe internal context, which is also classified into threetypes : the objective context, the counter - objectiveharmonious context (in assertion and denial), and thecounter - objective disharmonious context. The crucial١٩٣difference between the second and the third kind is that,while the second means the multi texts that deal with thesame topic, with one clarifying the others, the thirdmeans the multi texts that deal with the same topic,differing in assertion or denial, or in some other sense.The Jurisprudents worked out principles to harmonizethese meanings in a scientific way.I have prepared for the study of the context and itsrelation with some semantic and contextualconsiderations. Also, context and its functions arehighlighted to the Jurisprudents and the difference oftheir treatment to that of the linguists and exegetists.

الغزل في شعر جرير : دراسة فنية

Author name: هاشم طه عبد الصمد اليوسف
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Literature
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - Faculty Of Education
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

الدلالة السياقية عند اللغويين

Author name: عواطف كنوش مصطفى عيسى
Supervisor name: خليل ابراهيم العطية
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

شعر الاعمى التطيلي : دراسة موضوعية وفنية == The poetry of Al - A’ama Al - Tatuauli An objective Artistic stady

Author name: عبد الله عبد الشمخي
Supervisor name: جنان محمد عبد الجليل
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Literature
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
Key words:
  • شعر - اندلسي
  • عصر المرابطين
  • الاعمى التطيلي
First pages:
Abstract: تعد الاندلس واحدة من اهم مراكز الحضارة العربية، التي اشرقت على اوربا، التي كانت قابعة في ظلام التخلف والضياع، ولذلك فان في التراث الاندلسي الكثير من الكنوز التي لم يكشف عنها، ولم يمط اللثام عن نصاعة اشراقتها الزاهية. ان الاعمى التطيلي واحد من الشعراء الاندلسي المهمين، فقد كان يجمع بين نظرة الاجلال والتقدير التي يحملها لاسلافه من المشرقين، جاهليهم واسلامهم وامويهم وعباسيهم، فضلا عن تاثره بجماليات بيئته وبخصوصيتها الحضرية والفكرية، وهذا مادفعني لدراسة الشاعر مستعينا بالمصادر القديمة، وبالاخص ذخيرة ابن بسام، وطراز ابن سناء الملك. غير ان المنطلق الرئيسي للداسة كان ديوان التطيلي، الذي حققه د. احسان عباس، والمستدرك الذي اعده الدكتور محمد مجيد السعيد، مستفيدا من المناهج النقدية لخلق رؤية شمولية تحاول ان تحلل النص وتكشف النقاب عن جماليته وخصوصيته. هذواقد اثرت الاستغناء عن التمهيد الذي يتناول الشاعر وحياته، فقد كان في المقدمة الضافية التي اعدها الدكتور احسان عباس للديوان ما يغني عن التكرار والاعادة، وقد اشرت الى الظروف السياسية والاجتماعية للدولة المرابطية في اثناء فصلي الدراسة الموضوعية، لما لها من صلة بها. توزعت الدراسة على ثلاثة فصول، تناول الاول منها الاغراض الوجدانية، وضم اربعة مباحث، كان الاول للغزل بشقيه الحسي والمعنوي، وقد وجدت ان الغزل الخاص بمقدمات القصائد، كان حسيا تقليديا، في حين كانت قصائده الغزلية الخاصة، تصطبغ بالحزن والالم، وتنحو نحو السرد القصصي الممزوج بالغنائية، مما يذكرنا بالشعر العذري، كمواجد الغزل بالمذكر في موشحاته الذي نعتقد انه تقليد فني يقصد ابراز البراعة والترويج عن النفس. اما الرثاء، فنلاحظ ان رثاءه لزوجته اتسم بصدق الشعور، وحرارة العاطفة، مما جعله من روائع المراثي الاندلسية، مما يميزه عن الرثاء للاخرين الذي كان تقليديا لاعاطفة فيه. وتناول المبحث الثالث الشكوى، فقد تناولت فلسفته في الحياة والموت، ونفوره من الحياة التي حرمته نعمة البصر وجعلته محتاجا لغيره، ويمتزج هذا مع الزهديات التي تناولتها في المبحث الرابع من هذا الفصل. اما الفصل الثاني، فقد تناولت فيه الاغراض الموضوعية، اذ وقفت عند المديح للوزراء، والقضاة وغيرهم، وقد وجدت ان مدائحه تكاد تكون تقليدية مكررة بصورة المشارقة، كمواقفت في المبحث الثاني عند شعر الوصف، فدرست وصف الطبيعة الصامتة والمتحركة، ومظاهر الحضارة، ووجدت ان اوصافه تاثرت كثيرا بكف بصره الذي جعله يصف معتمدا على اوصاف الاخرين لا على رؤية جمالية خاصة. ووجدت للشاعر رؤية جمالية واضحة في العتاب، اذ يستفيد من عاهته في الاستعطاف وطلب العون من الاخرين. وانفرد الفصل الثالث للاغراض الفنية، موزعا على ثلاثة مباحث، اختص الاول باللغة والاسلوب، فوجدت ان الفاظه تراوحت بين السهولة والجزالة، افصح فيها الشاعر عن ثقافته القرانيه والشعرية، مما منحه اسلوبا متينا، امتاز بطول النفس مبرءا من الاسفاف، مستفيدا من الوان البديع المختلفة في حين ادخل في موشحاته اللهجة العامية واللغة الاعجمية في خرجاتها. اما مبحث الموسيقى فقد وجدت الشاعر قد ركز على الاوزان الطويلة، عدا قصيدتين من مشطور الرجز، كمراكز على القوافي الذلل، مبتعدا عن الوحش والنفر من القوافي، كما ان الوشاح استطاع بحسه الموسيقي المرهق ان يوزع انغامه بشكل هندسي رائع على خارطة القصيدة، كما استعان بتعدد القوافي والاوزان في الموشحات، التي توزعت بين الموشح التام هي الغالبة. اما في الصورة فقد درسنا الصور البسيطة والمركبة واللوحة، وقد اعتمد الشاعر على ما اختزنته مخيلته من صور نشات من ثقافته لا من رؤيته وقد ابدع في التشكيل واعادة صياغة صورة، اي اعتماد على ذهنه لا مشاهدته، وصوره يولدها من العدم فهو يقلب المتعارف عليه ولكن بشكل مقنع، فالفكرة لا يتناولها كما هي وانما يولد منها المعاني، فهو يميل الى التفكير الخاص (التفكيك) فالطابع العام هو التامل الذهني عكس المبصرين، فعالمه داخلي في كثير من الاحيان، وقد اثر فقدان البصر في صورة التي اخفق في بعض منها. وفي الختام لا يدعي الباحث لبحثه الكمال فهو لله وحده، لكن عذره انه ساح في طريق وعر، وجمع مناهج شتى، هدفها اضاءة وابراز معالمه الجمالية فالدراسات الانسانية ليس فيها احكام مطلقة | The skillful and creative poet, Al - Aama Al - Tatauli has not gained what he deserves of study and investigation that might correspond to his importance as one of the poets of Andulsia who wrote verse and Muoshahs and who tackled all poetic genres. He is also considered as prominent Washah (writer of Muashah) in Andulsia. For these reasons, the researcher chose this poet to be the subject of his study. As a starting point, the poetic text is taken as the basis of the study. The other approaches of criticism were then utilized to analyse allThe aspects of the text due to the importance of the political , social and psychological immediate influences on any work of creation. he study consists of three chapter. There is no special biography of the poet because the researcher found the comments of the editor about the life of the poet at the beginning of the collection of his works as enough and because there is no significant information to add about this question. Chapter one is concerned with studying the subjective genres of the poet, i.e love, elegy, complaint, and religious devotion. Each of these genres is presented in a separate subsection.Chapter two is a study of the objective genres of his poetry, i.e. praise, description and blame. The genre of praise includes praising of clergymen, judges, princes, women and the infloential men in the state. Description also includes desscribing still and moving nature in addition to describing arms and weapons. Chapter three includes the artistic analysis, it discusses the language, the techinque, the internal and external melody and the artistic image including the simple and compound ones and the portait in the poetry of Al - A ama Al - Tatauli. The researcher arrived at the following condusion : - The poet tackled most of the known poetic genres where he either imitates or innovates but within the known rhythm and framework of the Arabic poetry. - His poems of praising are characterized by the deletion of the introduction and directly going through the main purpose of praising . - He was the first to do this . Besides he made an innovation in one of his introduction where he blamed life in a style of religious devotion. - The poet was behined in the genre of description in comparison with the other poets of his time in Andulsia because of his blindness. - The poet was characterized by his firm technique and soft and eloquent words that flow smoothly and easily to make very sweet music He did so by making use of the different kinds of eloquency such as similie , homonymy , and metaphor in addition to his Knowledge of music and his writing of Muwash which is mainly based on music. - He derived his images from his poetic education and the stock of his imagination . - He tend to mental imagination , abstraction and untying and he has his own internal world

الشعر العربي في العراق في القرنين الثامن عشر والتاسع عشر : دراسة في ضوء النقد الثقافي == Arabic poetry in Iraq in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth centuries : a study in the Light of cultural criticism

Author name: سجاد شعبان حسن
Supervisor name: حسين عبود حميد الهلالي
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Cultural criticism is based on criticizing the cultural patterns that involve the literary and cultural discourses; these are implicit patterns hiding behind the explicit ones. The patterns in the concept of cultural criticism are not only linguistic or literary, but they are cultural content patterns implicitly involved in the discourse that are elicited by explicit patterns. Exploring these patterns requires cultural reading based on accurate and wide knowledge of the studied cultural discourse. A heavy reliance on the interpretation and exploration effort and discourse analysis is needed to discover these culturally implied patterns. Cultural criticism provides the addressee with studies that discover the reality of the literary texts whether they are poetry or prose. It looks at them through a neutral, scientific and honest telescope that aims at studying the marginalized patterns that literary criticism neglected. While literary criticism is concerned with elite texts, cultural criticism is concerned with people's literature that was off - shadowed during the previous eras, it relates the texts to its contexts and circumstances, it also makes use of the human and philosophical sciences. We depended on this approach to study Iraqi poetry. After investigation we discovered the paucity of literary studies that tackled Iraqi literature from the perspective of cultural criticism between the eighteenth and the nineteenth centuries. For this reason the topic entitled (Arabic Poetry in Iraq during the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries : a Study in the Light of Cultural Criticism).The study has been divided into four chapters preceded by an introduction and a prelude and followed by conclusion that involved the most important results and a list of references. The prelude has been formulated according to two ways, the first of which tackled the image of the Iraqi poetry during this period, while the second has dealt with the concept of cultural criticism and cultural patterns. The first chapter is about (The manifestations of the ego), while the second chapter is about (The manifestations of the other). Chapter three deals with (Political Patterns/ the poet and the authority). Chapter four tackles the social patterns, it is entitled as (The Text and the dominance of cultural patterns).

الرواية السيرية في الادب العراقي الحديث == The Autobiographical Novel in Modern Iraqi Literature

Author name: ميثم هاشم طاهر هارون الموسوي
Supervisor name: مشتاق فالح عبيد الفضلي
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Autobiographical Novel has its remarkable presence in the modern Arabic art especially in Iraq due to its abundance capabilities which have assisted novelists to formulate identity of the world. It is common that they sacrifice their life which is full of miseries to serve fictions. Novelists believe that such lives deserve to narrate. The importance of this study comes from rarity of studies that dealt with Autobiographical Novel in Iraq. In order to enrich an Arabic narrative library in general, and the Iraqi one in particular, we endeavor to cover this rare part of the critical studies through this thesis entitled ( Autobiographical Novel in the Iraqi Modern Art).This these has come in three chapters preceded by an introduction and followed by a conclusion.As to the theoretical preliminary chapter, the researcher intends to shed light on a briefed historical account about presence and decline of identity in the Iraqi art. Then, researcher focuses on the problematic concept of an Autobiographical Novel including its limits, its idiom and its conceptual construction through which we are up to answer the question : "What's it? Following that, we go to answer the problem of justification, "why?".Researcher, at the end of the preliminary chapter, set methodology on which "coincidence of horizons" will be guided. This concept is consisted from : composer, narrator and character. This, definitely, could shape a quality identity, narrative construction and story implications. This opens doors wide to practical part of study which is of three chapters. The first chapter is entitled " a qualitative horizon : author - reader". In this chapter, the researcher is after answering question of "a qualitative identity infused in Autobiographical Novel and its evidence" through solidarity between an author - reader, on one hand, and investigation and imagination, on the other hand to approach identity infused in Autobiographical Novel . However, ambiguity is not within the topic of novel/biography, but within the topic of imagination/investigation, disclosing illusion that links novel to imagination and investigation to Autobiographical Novel . Also, there is no objection to entry of imagination in non - literary works, and no objection as well to inclusion of investigation in novels. This chapter section are considered as evidence of the hypothesis of infused identity.In the second chapter "constructive horizon : author/narrator", the researcher answers the question about characteristics of Autobiographical Novel and its superiority as far as possible internally from other types of fiction. It is composed within the question "how?" after bringing "author - narrator - narrated to - reader" together in the narrative scheme. The answer will be determined through " author - narrator" of their relation to the story "text - the constructed" and narration, base on the two narrators : Tzvitan Todorov and Gerard Genet.The last chapter, third one, entitled "semantic horizon : author - hero", a semantic question in Autobiographical Novel . This would not be recognized through searching for a set of topics form semantics for fear of the subject might be drawn to defects weaken this study. However, this could be achieved through on the topic dominating an Autobiographical Novel of the hero - author which is deemed to be a semantic requirement specifically in the Iraqi Autobiographical Novel . "Melancholic Autobiographical Novel " is eventually the study focus which is created by the hero. Following sorting of its characteristics in the Autobiographical Novel , it's time to mention formation of melancholic Autobiographical Novel , causes of its formation, shedding light on dimensions of a melancholic hero and a model recitation for melancholic Autobiographical Novel .

الرؤية الفلسفية في شعر المعري : قراءة تاويلية == The Representation of Philosophical concept In Al - Ma’arri,s Poetry Interpretational study

Author name: سالم عبد النبي جابر العقابي
Supervisor name: سلم حسب حسين
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The study deals with the philosophical concept in Al - a’arri’s poetry. It depends upon the interpretational and real analysis of Al - Ma’arri’s poetry.Most of the previous studies concerning the same object depends upon historical and literal approaches. These approaches are traditional that they didn’t consider the interpretational analysis in determining the central meaning as a core idea for arguing the philosophical concept of that poetry.However, the philosophical concept of the poet appears various forms (patterns) within his poetry and takes different styles. This study uses an approach which depends on some the modern approaches that never negle ct the poet himself.The most important idea of the present study is : Universe, an, and life. This idea represents in the following real steps in distending the text : The study of the interlinked implications of the text Determine the control implications of the text.Clarify the philosophical concept as a message towards the reader.This study divides into three chapters. Chapter one tackles the philosophy of the universe which presents the stars and plants as its main theme. Also it deals with the philosophy of the time.The second chapter presents the most important issues the Man : diectonomy of life and death, and diectonomy of reason and religions.The third chapter studies the most essential important issues that are related to the society : the social concept, political concept, and educational (cultural) concept. The study ends with some of the results that are related to Al - Ma’arris poetry.

الظواهر الاسلوبية في حوار المسرحية الشعرية العراقية : نماذج مختارة == Stylistic Phenomena In The dialogue of the Iraqi poetic play (Selected models)

Author name: ازهار جاسم محيسن الحمداني
Supervisor name: عبد الستار عبد ثابت البيضاني
General topic: Fine Arts
Specific topic: Theatrical Arts - Literature and Criticism
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Fine Arts - Department Of Performing Arts
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This topic ( stylistic phenomena in the dialogue of the Iraqi poetic play selected models )in the framework of modern literary studies , which take the tools of language tool. In order to reach some of the secrets of Stylistic representative in a group of phenomena that may be the reason for the distinction of theatrical text poetic from the rest of the other literary texts.In search faulty consists of stopping the following structure .1)The first chapter ( the methodological framework of the research ) , which presents the problem of research , the importance of research and the need for it , the research objectives and the limits of research and terminology2) Chapter ll ( theoretical framework of research ) consists of the following detective - The first topic ( levels of stylistic analysis \ technical study ). lt reviewed the levels of vocal syntactic and rhetorical in the poetic play . - The second topic ( the stylistic dialogue of poetic poetry in the world), in which the researcher gave a presentation of methods of poetry drama since the Greek Aschilos until Lorca and Elliott contemporary transversal dozens of poets who wrote their plays poetry. - The third topic ( the stylistic dialogue of poetic poetry in Arabic) in which the researcher reviewed all the experiences of

الشعر في العصر الفاطمي : دراسة في مرجعياته الثقافية

Author name: احمد حمد سليمان النصر الله
Supervisor name: نضال ابراهيم ياسين
General topic: Arabic Language and Literature
Specific topic: Language
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of Arabic Language
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The Fatimi state was a separate entity from the Abbasies in 296 AH on the African side of the Islamic state in Kairouan and then they took Egypt as the seat of their caliphate and Cairo as their capital and expanded the area of the Fatimid caliphate to the east, including the Levant, Yemen and Hijaz. The era of the Fatimi state was one of the most fertile periods in the history of Islamic civilization. It was at the peak of its maturity and intensity in all aspects of human knowledge, mental sciences, social prosperity, creativity and translation through creative communication with other civilizations in the countries reached by Islam. Conquests or creative intellectual cross - fertilization with other peoples and civilizations such as Persian, Indian, Greek and Roman. What was decreed by the poetry and culture of the care of the Fatimi caliphs and the care of their contributions in advancing the advancement of civilization and cultural development forward by establishing many mosques, public libraries, science workshops and councils of wisdom and encouraging scientists and poets and giving gifts to them contributed to the establishment of a broad scientific and cultural movement, The Fatimies had a high level of knowledge, love of science, and the bringing together of scholars, some of whom supervised direct supervision of seminars in mosques and councils of wisdom, some of them lecturing on the apostates and learners. Egypt has been the seat of ancient civilizations and inhabited by races and races, all of which had the most prominent effect in advancing the development of forward and enrich the minds and provide them with new factors and provide cards that contribute to the sharpening of minds and broaden the horizons of knowledge have affected those factors cast a shadow on the literary life in Egypt, Our study, which led to the emergence of a growing poetry movement that bears the characteristics of differentiation and personality independent of others because of what the new life in Egypt and Cairo gave them from the capitals of poetic creativity and engraved in their hearts for the commercial in the many rites of prayer and its many occasions such as festivals and religious events and As well as the addition of the Fatimids of the holidays and events of their own and their doctrine, which contributed to the activation of creativity to the maximum extent. The previous factors are the result of the researcher's desire to research and change in the literature of that era of Arabic literature and in those countries living under the rule of the Fatimid was behind the choice of the title of this research for the culture and cultural heritage of the role of fundamental and effective in the creative output of that fertile period of time, (Fatimid poetry study in its cultural references) culmination of many previous cultural studies and to compliment them may contribute to the Arab library to provide more scientific knowledge and reveal what is hidden the eyes of those interested in the Arab literature in that country.The study was divided into four chapters preceded by introduction and followed by a conclusion, and we adopted the abundance of poetic output in the order of classes.The first chapter included religious culture and the faithfulness of several topics such as the culture of Quranic employment, stories, Quranic stories, the Prophet's Hadith, other religions, The second chapter included the historical culture, which includes several topics such as historical events, historical figures, spatial and relative culture. The third chapter included the social culture that included knowledge culture. The fourth chapter was the Deanship of Literary Culture, in which poetic culture, poetic culture and critical culture

تحليل فيزيائي لاصوات العلة الانجليزية البسيطة في الكلام المتاني وكلام المحادثة == Acoustic Analysis of English Pure Vowels in Clear and Conversational Speech

Author name: فراس فتحي علي الفاتح
Supervisor name: حميد مجيد الحمادي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Recently, the number of researchers and the amount of work in acoustic phonetics have greatly increased. This is because of the great importance that acoustic phonetics has on real life applications. Acoustic phonetics deals with those topics in experimental phonetics that can logically be investigated by the analysis, synthesis, and manipulation of speech. Acoustic phonetics can also be used to bridge the gaps that seem to separate phonetics from linguistics. Despite much research and discussion, the relation betweenacoustic properties and linguistic units remains debatable. However, acoustic phonetics with the aid of sophisticated computer programmes and language laboratories, can provide scientific and reliable results. It is especially for this reason that further progress in acoustic phonetics and linguistic structures is hoped for.The present study aims at conducting an acoustic analysis of BBC English pure vowels in two speaking styles. It aims at examining the acoustic properties of English pure vowels produced by native and nonnative speakers in clear and conversational speech. The present study concentrates on the most important aspects of acoustic phonetic research, acoustic analysis, vowel intelligibility, sex - related differences, as well as comparing clear with conversational speech. It is hypothesized that the acoustic properties of English pure vowels in conversational speech are different from those in clear speech. Moreover, the strategies employed by non - native speakers, i.e., exhibiting the acoustic characteristics of the vowels involved in both speaking styles, are different from those of native speakers. Previous work has provided some important insights into the field of acoustic research, particularly on clear and conversational speech. The current study follows the precise procedures presented by many investigators, particularly those procedures and techniques followed by Ferguson and Port (2002) as far as the work on speech styles and vowel intelligibility is concerned. Two recording sessions are conducted for both groups of talkers•Individual files are made for each vowel produced by each talker in both speaking styles. For the present study, vowel duration and values of fundamental frequency (F , i.e., the native and the non - native speakers. The first recording session is devoted to conversational speech analysis. The researcher has invited each talker to listen to a dialogue and talk in a normal conversational mode. The researcher has made sure to ask some questions that naturally evoke some target words.In the second recording session, the researcher asked each talker to read the selected target words (the carriers of the vowels) in a clear speaking style. The individual recordings are saved in a computer to be analysed using Praat’ which is a software for doing phonetics by computer.• The term Talkers’ is used, as advised by Prof. Sarah Ferguson, to refer to the people who come in and speak materials into a microphone.) are measured. Moreover, following Ferguson and Port (2002), the first two formants of the vowels produced by the talkers are measured at 50% of the vowel duration. Also, values of pitch range (maximum F0 - minimum F0) are calculated. Finally, vowel space areas based on the first two formants derived from each vowel in both speaking styles, are analysed and used for comparison. The results of the experiment revealed that all talkers, for both long and short vowels, produced longer vowel durations, higher values of F0, greater values of pitch range, and larger vowel space areas in clear than in conversational speech. Nearly all female talkers in both groups produced higher values than male talkers as far as the four acoustic measures are concerned. Notably, the findings of this study have also shown that the strategies employed by non - native speakers in exhibiting the acoustic properties of English pure vowels, are different from those of native speakers. Moreover, according to the results, clear speech is more intelligible than conversational speech. In an attempt to make themselves, more intelligible or understandable, most talkers produced the vowels more slowly, more loudly, and in a very careful manner, regardless of their language background. In regard to recommendations and suggestions, the researcher has given some recommendations and has also suggested some important points for further research.

استراتيجيات التهذيب في الحــوار القصصــي لوليام غولدنـــــغ في روايــة "اميــــر الذباب" وفـق نظريــة الحديــث المهـــذب لبــراون وليفنســــون : دراسة اســــلوبيــة تداوليـــــة == Facework in the Fictional Dialogue of Golding's 'Lord of the Flies' in Terms of Brown and Levinson's Politeness Theory : A Pragma - Stylistic Study

Author name: علـــي عفـراوي فهـــد الغـــزي
Supervisor name: انتصار عدنان عبد القادر
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تركز هذه الدراسة على مفاهيم (ماء الوجه)، (استراتيجيات التهذيب) و(التهذيب) حسب نظرية الكلام المهذب لبراون ولفنسون (1978، 1987). يستكشف الباحث درجة التهذيب الموجودة في الحوار القصصي في رواية وليام غولدنج المعروفة باسم (امير الذباب). تركز الدراسة على تصنيف استراتيجيات التهذيب وتحليلها عند نطق الافعال الكلامية المهددة لماء الوجه وذلك في الحوار القصصي للشخصيات الرئيسة الثلاث في الرواية لاستكشاف قابلية تطبيق هذه النظرية على النصوص الادبية والخروج بتاويلات جديدة للرواية. تسلط الدراسة الضوء ايضا على العلاقة بين علم الاسلوبيات والتداولية واستخدامها في تاويل النصوص الادبية وعلى انبثاق ما يعرف بعلم الاسلوبيات التداولية المتخصص بهذا المجال. كما تشير ببعض الاسهاب الى نظرية الفعل الكلامي وظاهرة الحديث المهذب.يتناول الجزء الرابع من الدراسة الجانب العملي حيث ينقسم الى اربع وحدات، تحمل الثلاث الاولى منها اسماء ابطال الرواية لانها تنطوي على تحليل الفاظ كل منهم على حده ودراسة استراتيجيات الحديث المهذب والاستراتيجيات الفرعية لها التي وظفها في حواره مع ابطال الرواية الاخرين. وخصصت الوحدة الرابعة لمناقشة النتائج، ناهيك عن مناقشة فرضيتي الدراسة واثبات صحتهما. وبلغ عدد الالفاظ التي جرى تحليلها 883 لفظة لابطال الرواية الثلاثة.بينما سلط الجزء الخامس منها الضوء على ما تمخضت عنه هذه الدراسة من استنتاجات.تنتهي الدراسة بقائمة المراجع التي اعتمدت عليها هذه الرسالة. | This study examines the notions of face, facework and politeness according to Brown & Levinson’s (1978, 1987) Politeness theory. The study explores politeness as presented in the fictional dialogue of Golding’s novel “Lord of the Flies”. The novel was first published in 1954. It dealt with complex issues of morality and philosophy done in the manner of boys' adventure story."Lord of the flies" is a novel about a group of English schoolboys who have been evacuated by a plane from the perils of nuclear war. The boys are faced with the problem of survival on the tropical island while they attempt to attract the attention of passing ships and planes. A rivalry develops between two ideologies; one aimed at being rescued and the other aimed at turning into savagery and blood - shed. The conflict reaches its climax in killing the sow, and more brutal, in killing their friends (human beings) : Simon and Piggy. Just before the actual rescue at the end of the novel, the boys (savages) are hunting down Ralph who still has the courage and resistance to remember what the rest are determined to forget (Coles, 1982 : 9). William Golding creates the novel out of an understanding of juvenile psychology. The best way to describe the theme of this novel is through Golding's words himself imparted by A. N. Jeffares (2002 : xi);Man is a fallen being. He is gripped by original sin. His nature is sinful and his state is perilous... I am a son, brother and father. I have lived for many years with small boys, and understand and know them with awful precision. I decided to take the literary convention of boys on an island only make them real boys instead of paper cutouts with no life in them and try to show how the shape of the society they evolved would be conditioned by their diseased, their fallen nature.The research falls into two parts; theoretical and practical. The theoretical side is devoted, in part of it, to clarify the relation between stylistics and pragmatics with a focus on the fictional dialogue. On the other part, the theoretical background explains the notions of face, facework and politeness along with Brown & Levinson's Politeness theory. The steps of the scholar Susanne E. Hoebe in her paper entitled "Predicting politeness strategies in English conversation" (2001) in which she determines the variables of Brown & Levinson’s equation, would be followed to identify, classify and analyze the politeness strategies for doing face threatening acts, henceforth (FTAs), in the fictional dialogue amongst the three main characters in the novel. The study will examine every single utterance produced by the three influential characters during their dialogues to discover if Brown & Levinson’s Politeness theory is applicable to the fictional dialogue in literary works and to come out with new interpretations to the novel through the exploration of the features of the characters extracted from their utterances.The analysis would be character - based. So, if we take one character, let us say; Ralph’, all his utterances in his dialogues with Piggy would be analyzed separately from those with Jack, for us to be able to know the politeness strategies used by each of them, to grasp the nature of the relationship between each character and the other and to determine the main variables of Brown & Levinson’s equation in their politeness theory. This is Brown & Levinson's equation : Wx= D (S, H) + P (H, S) + Rx(W) stands for Weightiness and (x) for the face threatening act; so (Wx) means the weightiness of the face threatening act or politeness. (D) stands for Distance; (P) for Power; (R) for Ranking of imposition; (Rx) for ranking of imposition of the face threatening act; (S) for speaker and (H) for hearer (Brown & Levinson, 1987 : 76).

التحقيق في العلاقة بين الجنس واستيعاب القراءة على مستوى الكلية == Investigating the Relationship between Gender and Reading Comprehension at College Level

Author name: محسن رميلي عبد الكاظم حسون
Supervisor name: علاء حسين عودة
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: هذه الدراسة تختص بالتحقيق في العلاقة بين عامل الجنس واربعة مستويات من الاستيعاب ( الحرفي والاستنتاجي والنقدي والتقييمي ) على مستوى الكليه . الدراسة تتكون من خمسة فصول والمشاركون في اختبار الدراسة هم 154 طالبا (ذكورا واناثا ) ،واختبار الدراسة تطلب من المشاركين الاجابة على عشرين سؤالا عن القطعة الانشائية للاختبار . تحليل البيانات تم باستعمال برنامج (اس بي اس اس ) وعلى وفق معادله اختبار (تي) واختبار مربع( كاي). الفصل الاول من الدراسة يتضمن المقدمة حول هذه الدراسة، حيث هذا الفصل يقدم لنا مشكلة الدراسة وفرضياتها واهدافها ومحدداتها اما الفصل الثاني فانة يقدم لنا موضوع الاختلافات الفردية بين المتعلمين للغة وهي تمثل مجموعة من العوامل التي توثر في تعلم اللغة بصورة عامة وفي مهارة القراءة بصوره خاصه وفي نهاية هذه القائمة من الاختلافات الفردية يكون التركيز في هذا الفصل اكثر على عامل الجنس بوصفة واحد من هذه الاختلافات بين المتعلمين وهو محط تركيز هذه الدراسة في الاساس. اما الفصل الثالث يقدم لنا فكرة عن استيعاب القراءة واهميتها وكذلك يبين لنا انواع استراتيجيات القراءة بالاضافة الى توضيح المستويات الاستيعاب الاربعة (على وفق نظرية باريت )،واخيرا هذا الفصل ينتهي بتوضيح مجموعة من العوامل المؤثرة في مهارة القراءة. اما الفصل الرابع يقدم لنا منهجية اختبار الدراسة وطريقة تحليل البيانات التي حصلنا عليها من الاختبار اما الفصل الخامس وهو الفصل الاخير فانه يقدم لنا نتائج الدراسة والتوصيات حيث تظهر لنا نتائج الدراسة انه ليس هنالك اختلاف هام احصائيا في اداء الاستيعاب بين الذكور والاناث ما عدا المستوى الاستنتاجي في المرحلة الثالثة من قسم اللغة الانكليزية الدراسة تقترح بان الدراسات المستقبلية يجب ان تركز اكثر على دراسة العلاقة بين الجنس واستيعاب القراءة لكن مع عينة اكبر وفي اكثر من سياق بالاضافة الى استعمال طرائق مختلفة في اداء اختبار الاستيعاب. | The present study is an investigation about the relationship between variable gender and four levels of reading comprehension achievement at college level. The participants are 154 second and third - year students (males and females). The participants have to answer twenty open - ended questions about one - page long passage. Data analysis is done by SPSS software according to t - test formula and Chi Square Test. Chapter one presents an introduction to the study. It is a call for the reader to look at the problem of deciding the relationship between gender and reading comprehension as well as the nature of this relationship, especially when reading comprehension treated as consisting of several sub levels instead of considering it as a unified ability. This chapter states clearly the hypotheses, the aims of the study, limits, and an outline of the study. Chapter two deals with the subject of learners’ differences in which we lists the individual differences that could affect reading comprehension and gives general explanation for each individual difference in general and the variable gender in more detail. It ends with a section devoted to explain the relationship between gender and learning in general, learning L2, and reading comprehension in particular. The end of this chapter contains some of the previous studies about the relationship between gender and reading comprehension. Chapter three introduces the meaning of reading comprehension, the importance of reading comprehension, and then lists comprehension strategies. This chapter is also devoted shed light on reading comprehension levels in which each level is defined by different researchers. Then the chapter ends with explaining the factors that affect reading comprehension as represented by the reader, text, activity, and context variables of reading. Chapter four presents the methodology of the study, Data analysis of each level result according to T - test analysis and Chi Square analysis. Chapter five also presents conclusions and recommendations of the study. It shows then what the study has come up with. The result of the study comes up with the findings that there is no significant difference in reading comprehension achievement between males and females according to the context of the study except for the critical level for the second year and inferential level for third year. The study suggests the need for future studies about the relationship between gender and reading comprehension but with larger samples and wider context (more than one context) as well as different methodology, especially different test forms.

الاعتلالات اللفظية الفونولوجية في لغة اطفال التوحد في العراق : دراسة توليدية == Phonological Disorders In The Speech OF Iraqi Children With Autism : A Generative Case Study

Author name: سارة فالح حسن الدبوني
Supervisor name: محمد احمد عبد الستار السامر
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: As the title of the thesis indicates, this study intends to investigate the phonological disorders elicited in the speech samples of eight Iraqi children diagnosed with autistic disorders.The purpose of the work is to tackle the field of autism in Iraq by virtue of the shortage of studies in this area, especially in the speech disorders of Iraqi autistic children. The work also aims to contribute to the field of autism within the field of phonology in Iraqi Arabic autistic samples for the first time. The third aim to achieve in this thesis is to capture the most common phonological processes that are noted in the speech samples of the participants using two models. The first model is Clark, Yallop and Fletchers (2007) generative phonological rules, in which an attempt is made to apply the phonological rules to the speech of the autistic. Optimality - theoretical model is also approached to form specific constraint restrictions to allow certain unified representations.Phonemic substitution, elision and assimilation are the most prevalent phonological processes that are observed in the speech of the participants, and they are discussed with their results and conclusions according to both models in the study.The present thesis is comprised of five chapters. The First Chapter displays the preliminaries of the study with the methodology of the experimental design and information about the eight participants as well as how the data is collected and recordings are conducted for them . Chapter Two, then, introduces the literature review of Autism and Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) with their symptoms, causes, diagnosis and the most relative cognitive theories. Phonology of Iraqi Arabic (IA) and the most common developmental phonological processes are also matters of concern.All recordings are transcribed using phonemic transcription and disorders are categorized according to the most common ones that are elicited in the speech samples. The work, then, describes and analyzes the three elicited phonological processes using both generative phonological rules and optimality theoretical model in Chapter three and Four. Finally, the general conclusions of the overall work with some recommendations and suggestions for certain needed studies to confirm these findings are presented in Chapter five.ivThe most prominent outcomes of this study are the following : 1 - The linguistic performance of the autistic subjects is phonologically impaired.2 - The most dominant developmental phonological processes elicited in the speech of the subjects are phonemic substitution(60.226%), elision (21.392%) and assimilation (18.380%).3 - Processes that are related to phonemic substitution and elision cover both vocalic and consonantal segments.4 - All consonants are confronted to assimilation, and they are all exhibited either to regressive or progressive assimilation.5 - The data that is collected for this study fits both the generative models that are implemented, i.e. the generative phonological rules and the OT candidate screening model.6 - Concerning the analysis of phonemic substitution and elision via OT model, it is found that a competition occurs between certain faithfulness constraints with regard to both vowels and consonants. Specific faithfulness constraints are also elicited within the OT analysis for assimilation.

ترجمة عامل الافتراض في الدعابة من الانكليزية الى العربية في رواية مارك توين مغامرات توم سوير من منظور تداولي == Translating Presupposition in Humour from English into Arabic with a Special Reference to Mark Twain's The Adventures of Tom Sawyer : A Pragmatic Study

Author name: نورا عزيز تركي
Supervisor name: فاطمة حسين عزيز
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The translation of humour is not an easy task to handle. It requires the translator to choose from many standards in order to successfully translate the humour from one language into another. In general, humour is of two kinds : referential (universal humour) and verbal (culture/language - bound humour).Referential humour is that humour which can be understood by all humans, no matter what culture they belong to. Verbal humour (cultural and language - bound humour), constitutes a difficult mission for translators. For instance, translating a non - humourous cultural expression usually relies upon an explanation of it within the text itself or through footnotes. This solution often does not work with the translation of humour because humour relies on the element of surprise, subtle nuance, and/or the use of language - bound puns in order to deliver laughter - inducing effect. In short, over - explanation ultimately kills the joke.Is it possible to translate humour? What difficulties does a translator encounter? This study explores the possibility of translating humour while taking into account the pragmatic factor and its effect upon the successful transference of it. The Arabic translation of Mark Twain's English novel The Adventures of Tom Sawyer has been analyzed herein. In practicum, the English and Arabic versions of The Adventures of Tom Sawyer are juxtaposed and analyzed according to the model of Reiss (2000). Havingaccomplished the analysis of data, many kinds of humour have been identified; including the most difficult ones. The present study comprises five chapters. Chapter One is devoted to the preliminaries of the study, i.e. the problem, the aim, the scope, the hypothesis, and the procedures followed in this study. Chapter Two provides the readers with the theoretical background of humour and humour's relation to translation. Chapter Three examines the relation between humour and pragmatics. Chapter Four is devoted to the data of the study which examines Mark Twain's novel The Adventures of Tom Sawyer and its Arabic translation مغامرات توم سوير . Chapter Five is theconcluding remarks that the researcher has arrived at.

دراسة ترجمة النصوص الصحفية السياسية الانكليزية الى العربية وفق ايدولوجية الهابيتوس المتاصلة المدفوعة في صنع القرار == A Study of Interpreting English Journalistic Political Texts into Arabic in Terms of Pierre Bourdieu’s Habitus - Motivated/ Oriented Decision Ideology

Author name: نور حميد مزيعل
Supervisor name: زينب سامي حول
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Literature
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تتمتع القنوات التلفزيونية الاخبارية بتقاليد صارمة وتتطلب من العاملين لديها العمل وفقا لهذه التقاليد. يواجه المترجمون الفوريون في القنوات الاخبارية ضغطا مضاعفا, فمن جانب, هم مطالبون باتباع قواعد القناة للحفاظ على وظائفهم ومن جانب اخر يسعون الى احترام مبدا الحيادية الاساسي في حقل الترجمة. وما يزيد الموقف صعوبة ان الترجمة\الترجمة الفورية نشاط معقد ولا تقتصر على جانب واحد من جوانب السلوك الاجتماعي. فالترجمة تتم بعمليات معقدة ومختلفة سواء كانت عقلية او اجتماعية. يصر العديد من الباحثين على ان الحيادية متطلب اساسي في الترجمة لكنها مع هذا صعبة التحقيق. ولغرض ايضاح سبب هذه الصعوبة, تتبنى هذه الدراسة نظرية عالم الاجتماع الفرنسي بيير بورديو. يشرح بورديو السلوك الانساني من خلال استحضار ثلاثة مفاهيم : الحقل وراس المال والهابيتوس. تعمل هذه المفاهيم الثلاثة كاسس لتفسير النشاط الانساني. وسيتم تطبق النظرية المذكورة على نماذج للترجمة الفورية اخذت من قنوات تلفزيونية مختلفة لدراسة السلوك الاجتماعي لهؤلاء المترجمين الفوريين في تلك القنوات. ستعامل القنوات التلفزيونية معاملة الحقول الاجتماعية اذ يمارس المترجمون الفوريون نشاطهم, كما ستستخدم لتفحص الاعراف التي تتحكم بهذا الحقل وما هو تاثيرها على المترجمين الفوريين. وتركز هذه الدراسة بشكل اساسي على تاثير هذه العوامل على هابيتوس المترجمين الفوريين وكيف يتفاعل المترجمون للعمل وفقا لما هو مفروض عليهم. تتالف هذه الدراسة من خمسة فصول : الفصل الاول مكرس لمقدمات الدراسة التي تتضمن مشكلة الدراسة والهدف منها والمجال الذي تركز عليه والفرضية التي تتبناها والاجراءات المتبعة فيها. ويركز الفصل الثاني على دراسة الجانب النظري حيث يتم النظر في ما كتب عن تطبيق نظرية بيير بورديو في دراسات الترجمة. كما يشرح مفهوم الهابيتوس المدفوع والهابيتوس المتاصل ويطلع على الدراسات التي تناولته. اما الفصل الثالث فهو دراسة الخطاب السياسي في القنوات التلفزيونية والمعايير المطبقة لانتاج هذا الخطاب. كما يلقي هذا الفصل الضوء على اهمية الترجمة الفورية للخطاب السياسي ودور المترجم الفوري في هذه العملية. الفصل الرابع يتضمن البيانات المستخدمة في الدراسة وهي فيديوهات لمؤتمرات ونقاشات وجلسات وخطب سياسية مترجمة فوريا ماخوذة من قنوات تلفزيونية مختلفة. وقد تم تحليل المواد في الفديوهات المذكورة اعتمادا على نظرية النشاط الاجتماعي لبورديو لتسليط الضوء على مواقف المترجمين الفوريين المختلفة من المادة الواحدة. الفصل الخامس فيشمل النتائج التي توصلت لها الباحثة وعدد من الاقتراحات للمترجمين الفوريين خصوصا اولئك العاملين على النصوص الصحفية السياسية. | News channels have strong and fixed standards. They expect their employees to follow these standards and work accordingly. Interpreters in these channels face a multiple pressure. On the one hand, they are required to follow these rules to keep their jobs, and on the other hand, they seek to respect neutrality as it is a basic ethic in the field. What makes it harder is that translation/interpretation as a process is a complex activity. It is not limited to a single aspect of human behavior. Rather, it entails different and complicated processes whether they are mental or social. Although many scholars argue that neutrality is an essential requirement of translation; however, it is nearly impossible to obtain. In order to explain the reasons behind this difficulty, this study adopts the French sociologist Pierre Bourdieu’s theory in which he explains the human action by bringing the concepts field, capital, and habitus. These three concepts work as pillars to analyze humans' actions. The theory is applied to samples of interpreted extracts taken from different news channels to study the sociological behavior of the interpreters in these channels. The news channels will be treated as the field where interpreters practice their social activity. It will also be used to see which conventions control this field and what affects the exercises of the interpreters. The main focus of this study is on the influence of these factors on the interpreters' habitus and how they interact to work in accordance with what is imposed upon them. This study comprises five chapters. Chapter One is devoted to surveying the preliminaries of the study, i.e. the problem, the aim, the scope, the significance, the hypothesis and the procedure. Chapter Two provides the theoretical background of the study. In this chapter, the researcher surveys a literature review of how the Pierre Bourdieu's sociology was introduced into translation studies. It also introduces the notion of habitus - motivated/oriented decision making and the studies set by those who treated it. Chapter Three is devoted to exploring the political discourse in news channels and the criteria applied to produce such a discourse. It also sheds light on the significance of interpreting the political discourse and the interpreter's role in the process. Chapter Four introduces the data of the study which are videos of interpreted political conferences, discussion sessions, and speeches taken from different news channels. The materials of the videos are analyzed according to Pierre Bourdieu's theory of the social practice to highlight the different attitudes the interpreters hold towards the same material. Chapter Five is the concluding remarks that the researcher has arrived at and a number of suggestions for the interpreters - especially those who are concerned with journalistic texts - that can be put forward on the basis of these remarks

تقييم ثلاث ترجمات لرواية ناثانيال هوثورن الموسومة الحرف القرمزي الى اللغة العربية مقاربة تداولية == Evaluating Three Translations of Nathaniel Hawthorne’s Novel The Scarlet Letter into Arabic : A Pragmatic Approach

Author name: منتهى علي عبد
Supervisor name: هاشم كاطع لازم
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Translation Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Translation can be studied with relation to pragmatics since they are both concerned with meaning. On the one hand, pragmatics seeks to identify and disambiguate the implicit meanings in a certain discourse. On the other, the process of translation also requires explicating what is implicit in order to produce a correct and accurate translation. Moreover, pragmatics makes it easy to differentiate between meaning and use. The purpose of this study is to show the usefulness of pragmatics in translation studies and how translators can use the different aspects of pragmatics as tools which assist to analyze a certain discourse appropriately by comparing the ST and TTs and evaluating them. This study sheds light on speech acts, cooperative principle, implicature, politeness,presupposition and deixis only which are considered to be the main aspects of pragmatics which are almost used in our daily conversations whether written or spoken. Models adopted in this study are Mona baker's (1992, 2011) pragmatic equivalence for analyzing STs and TTs in order to compare them and find appropriate solutions for the translators and Newmark's five - part model of evaluation (1988) to evaluate the TTs. Nathaniel Hawthorne's novel The Scarlet Letter and three of its translations are adopted in order to be analyzed and compared to illustrate how translators deal with the various aspects of pragmatics during the process of translation. The main aims of this study are to detect how pragmatic analysis can be of use to address the pitfalls and weaknesses in the translations and why such pitfalls and weaknesses are caused and to evaluate the translation of the selected sample from a pragmatic perspective. The study concludes that some translators face problems in translating pragmatic aspects because of their lack of pragmatic knowledge. Some other translators make it easy to capture the meaning of these aspects by providing correct pragmatic equivalences in their translation. Thus, it is recommended for the translators to have enough knowledge about this field of study.

الثنائيات المتضادة في نص غاياتري جاكرافورتي سبيفاك "هل يستطيع المهمش ان يتكلم ترجمة، وتعريف / وتعقيب == POSTCOLONIAL BINARY OPPOSITIONS IN GAYATRI CHAKRAVORTY SPIVAK’S “CAN THE SUBALTERN SPEAK” : TRANSLATION, ANNOTATION/COMMENTARY

Author name: تمارا حسين العطية
Supervisor name: هناء البياتي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Translation Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: "ما بعد الاستعمارية" مصطلح اطلق على مجموعة من دراسات وجدت في العديد من المجالات وتتناول اثر الاستعمار، وعلى راسها الاستعمار الاوروبي، في الثقافات والمجتمعات تحت الاستعمار. انها دراسات معقدة ومتنوعة من البحث اذ يقوم العلماء خلالها بدراسة فترات ما قبل الاستعمارية، والاستعمارية وما بعد الاستعمارية. وانها تدرس ما يسمى بـفترة الاستعمارية الجديدة، وهي فترة الاستعمارية في شكلها الجديد. كما انها ترتبط بمجموعة واسعة من التخصصات والمجالات بشكل مباشر او غير مباشر، كالفلسفة والتحليل النفسي وعلم الاجتماع والادب والثقافة والسياسة والترجمة. يعتبر مصطلح المهمش، الذي يظهر في مقالة سبيفاك " هل يستطيع المهمش ان يتكلم؟" هو الموضوع الاساسي لهذا البحث والذي يرتبط بمفهوم الترجمة والمستعمرات والمراة، فيصنف ضمن الثانوي ( الاضعف) الذي تسيطر عليها القوة المتفوقة. يقدم العمل في البداية فصلا عن اساسيات الاطروحة. ويقدم بعدها الخلفية النظرية التي يناقش خلالها نظريات ترجمة ذو علاقة وتعاريف الترجمة النعقيبية/ التعريفية. تقدم استراتيجية الثنائيات المتضادة بعد ذلك، والتي هي عبارة عن قائمة تعاريف مصطلح ما بعد الاستعمارية والمفاهيم التي لها علاقة بالمصطلح العام في ما بعد الاستعمارية. وهي كما يلي : ما بعد الاستعمارية Xما بعد الاستعمارية الجديدة، الامبريالية Xالامبريالية الجديدة، الراسمالية Xالاشتراكية، البنيوية (الدال والمدلول) X ما بعد البنيوية، التفكيكية (الكلام والكتابة)، الاستغراب Xالاستشراق، السلالة النقية X التهجين، البابويةX النسوية، الترجمة (اللغة المصدر X اللغة الهدف) . تناقش بعد ذلك الصعوبات التي واجهها المترجم خلال ترجمة مقال سبيفاك نتيجة لاختلاف نظم الفهم الفلسفي بين اللغتين العربية والانكليزية. حيث يتناول هذا الفصل اشكالية المصطلحات المتكررة في مقالة سبيفاك وتراجمها ، امثال : الذاتية Xالموضوعية، الهيمنة X التهميش، الوكالة، التمثيل. تقدم بعد ذلك السيرة الذاتية لغاياتري سبيفاك. ويختتم العمل بالتحدث عن نتائج البحث التي تركز على حقيقة ان هنالك حاجة لترجمة الاعمال الاساسية في نظرية ما بعد الاستعمارية في سبيل تعزيز الصوت لدى الباحث العربي. وهذا الامر مذكور ايضا مع مجموعة من التوصيات التي تطلق نداءا الى المختصين من العرب بالاهتمام بهذا الحقل المعرفي الكبير، حقل دراسات ما بعد الاستعمارية وعلاقته بدراسات الترجمة. يتبع العمل بملحق يحتوي على الترجمة العربية لنص سبيفاك مع النص الاصلي. | Postcolonialism is the set of studies found in several areas that study the effects of Colonialism, mainly the European Colonialism, on the cultures and societies of the colonies. It is also connected, directly or indirectly, to a wide range of disciplines and areas, like philosophy, psychoanalysis, sociology, literature, culture, politics and translation. The term “Subaltern” is the key word in the title of Spivak's work, as a concept to which translations, colonies, women are all linked and classified in the secondary sense (the inferior) controlled by a superior power, is the core of this study. The work gives at the beginning a preliminary chapter on the basics of the thesis. Then, the theoretical background, in which related translation theories are discussed, and definitions of the terms translation annotation and translation commentary are defined and compared. The postcolonial binary oppositions in Spivak's "Can the Subaltern Speak?" are discussed afterward. The discussion presents a list of definitions of the umbrella term of postcolonialism and other ambivalent key terms and concepts, like colonialism Vs neocolonialism, imperialism Vs neoimperialism, capitalism Vs socialism, structuralism (signifier Vs signified) Vs post - structuralism, deconstruction (speech Vs writing), occidentalism Vs orientalism, pure preed Vs hybridity, patriarchy Vs feminism, and translation (SL Vs TL). The process of translation Spivak’s text has encountered many difficulties due to the differences in the philosophical comprehensive meanings between Arabic and English. The main problematic and frequent terms in the Arabic translation like, subjectivity Vs objectivity, hegemony Vs subalternity, agency and representation are presented and studied. The work also gives a simple biography of Spivak and a summary of the main aspects of her essay. A final conclusion is made to confirm the necessity of having an Arabic translation for one of the founding texts of postcolonialism to enhance the postcolonial voice in the Arabic academic circle. That is added also within a recommendations list which calls the Arab specialists for paying special attention to these two wide fields of knowledge : postcolonial studies and translation studies. The work is followed by an appendix with the Arabic translation of Spivak's work and the original text

بلاغة الخطاب : تحليل نقدي لخطابات توني بلير حيال الحرب ضد العراق عام 2003 == Rhetoric of Discourse : A Critical Discourse Analysis of Tony Blair’s Speeches of Iraq War 2003

Author name: رهيـــــد حـســــن عـــداي
Supervisor name: مجيد حميد جاسم
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تعرض هذه الدراسة تحليلا نقديا لخطابات رئيس الوزراء البريطاني السابق توني بلير بشان حرب العراق عام 2003 وبخاصة اعطاء اهتمام كبير للجدال (الحجاج) او (التفسير المنطقي) حيث "الخطابة" في هذا المفهوم تعني ايجاد الحجج المقنعة.لايعني فن الخطابة مجرد كيفية طرح الافكار المقنعة انما يدعو للبحث بصورة جدية في دراسة طرق التاثير التي يهدف منها الخطاب. كذلك فان الاشكال الخطابية تدخل في تشكيل الحقائق مثلما حدث في خطابات بلير في الحرب ضد العراق, حيث انها كانت احدى المحركات الاساسية في انجاح تلك الحرب. يصب اهتمام الدراسات في الاونة الاخيرة على دراسة العلاقة بين اللغة والسياسة, بمعنى اخر دراسة الطريقة التي تطرح فيها الافكار السياسية من الشخصيات في تلك المواقع والطرق في استخدام اللغة لاقناع المستمعين بالخطط الحالية والمستقبلية. فضلا عن ذلك، ينظر الى السياسة على انها صراع على السلطة لاقامة الافكار السياسية والاقتصادية والاجتماعية مجتمعة, وذلك مايجعلها ارضا خصبة للدراسة. ويقال ان الخطب في البرلمان لا يجب ان تحدد فقط من حيث الخصائص النصية، ولكن ايضا من حيث التحليل السياقي لاهميتها في اظهار هيمنة السلطة وتغيير المواقف كما هو الحال في خطابات توني بلير وتاثيرها في الراي العام. وبهذا, فان دراسة لغة السياسة والسياسيين مثيرة للجدل لما تكشفه من اتجاهات ايدولوجية. تبحث هذه الدراسة ايضا في دراسة الخطاب السياسي من وجهة نظر جدلية فضلا عن دراسة الخصائص اللغوية. تعنئ الدراسة كذلك باضافة عنصر جديد عبر تحليل الخطاب السياسي عن طريق الجمع بين تحليل الخطاب النقدي والجدلية (المنطق العملي). تهتم الدراسة بايجاد اوجه التشابه والاختلاف اللغوية والبلاغية التي استخدمها بلير فهو في الاخير لم يكن يبحث عن الدعم الكامل لتلك الحرب انما مجرد القبول بها ونتيجة لذلك واجه التحقيق في 2011. تم العمل من خلال هذه الاطروحة على انشاء تحليل موحد للخطاب السياسي من خلال اعتبار الاهداف في الخطاب على انها امور اساسية ممثلة في اماكن العمل الظرفية مخطط لها من المبادئ الاساسية لذلك الخطاب. هناك هدفان رئيسان لهذه الدراسة : اولا : ايجاد معرفة افضل لمفهوم الخطاب السياسي, خطابات بلير من وجهة نظر جدلية كمثال على ذلك. وثانيا : للتاكيد ومن خلال دراسة (الانماط) بان رئيس الوزراء البريطاني السابق توني بلير اعتزم ايجاد الوسائل الجدلية لاقناع المجتمع الدولي بغزو العراق. وعلى الرغم من ان حرب العراق او كما تدعئ بحرب الخليج الثانية قد حدثت منذ 13 عاما الا انها تعد الحدث الاكثر اثارة للجدل في التاريخ الحديث لما لها من تاثيرات عميقة. عدت تلك الحرب ذات اثار اساسية لما يجري الان في العراق والشرق الاوسط على حد سواء. وقد شملت العينة خطابين وثلاثة بيانات خلال عامي 2002 و2003 حول العراق واسلحة الدمار الشامل ونزع تلك الاسلحة بالقوة. تم الحصول على تلك العينة من الانترنت, من صحيفة الغارديان على وجه الخصوص لما لها من باع طويل واتجاه محايد. وتضمنت الدراسة ايضا بعض ردود الافعال حول قرار بلير بخوض الحرب ضد العراق من المصدر نفسه. ان هذه الدراسة لاتقدم التكهنات السياسية لنوايا بلير حول حرب العراق عام 2003 بدلا عن ذلك يتم عرض الطريقة التي دعم فيها بلير تلك الحرب بشكل خاص تلك الخصائص الاساسية للكلمات والتعبيرات الخطابية. وتسعى هذه الدراسة الى تقديم تحليل شامل لخطابات وبيانات توني بلير في اطار (فيركلاف وفيركلاف 2012). تهتم هذه الدراسة بتحليل الخطاب السياسي من وجه نظر نقدية ومنطقية على حد سواء اذ تتبع نهج جديد لتحليل الخطاب مبني على الجدلية والتداولية. لتحقيق هذه الاهداف, تم الافتراض بان : (1) الخطاب السياسي يهتم اساسا في الاجابة على سؤال (ماالذي يجب عمله؟) في اتخاذ القرارات. لذلك، فمن الافضل لتحليل الخطاب السياسي باعتباره جدلي, (2) تحليل الخطاب النقدي هو بالاساس شكل من اشكال الحجج المنطقية, (3)يحدث تحليل الخطاب النقدي بشكل افضل من خلال اخذ الاعتبار في فهم تاكيدات المباني في الحجج للعمل, (4) كذلك فان تقييم الحجج يعتبر جسر لربط الاهتمامات المعيارية لنظرية الحجاج من جهة واهتمامات تحليل الخطاب النقدي للنقد المعياري والنقد التوضيحي من جهة اخرى. تقع الرسالة في خمسة فصول. يقدم الفصل الاول تمهيدات الرسالة, ويعنى الفصل الثاني بتقديم خلفية الفرضيات لكل من تحليل الخطاب النقدي والبلاغة. ويعرض الفصل الثالث منهجية البحث التي تتضمن جمع الخطابات والية التحليل للنموذج المختار. بينما يسلط الضوء على تحليل الخطابات المختارة في الفصل الرابع, يعرض الفصل الخامس نتائج الدراسة. ومن خلال النتائج يمكن الاستنتاج بان خطب بليرتحتوي كلا من المنطق النظري والمنطق العملي. حيث ان المنطق النظري تمركز في رسم صورة سلبية لما سيحدث اذا فشلت الامم المتحدة في نزع اسلحة الدمار الشامل من العراق وازالة صدام. استخدم بلير افعال مساعدة بصورة سلبية لوصف مثل تلك الحجج المضادة. بينما المنطق العملي الذي يهتم بما يجب فعله في مواجهة هذه الازمة, قام بلير برسم صورة ايجابية عما سيحدث اذا تم نزع اسلحة العراق وازاحة صدام هو الخيار الوحيد والافضل الذي وضعه بلير امام الامم المتحدة والمستمعين. ان الخطاب السياسي هو خطاب جدلي في المقام الاول اذ ينطوي على حجج عملية مع او ضد عمل معين للرد على المشاكل السياسية. علاوة على ذلك فان بلير ركز على الاستقطاب الايدولوجي الايجابي اذا صور المجتمع الدولي كمجتمع ديمقراطي وسلمي بينما صور صدام بصورة سلبية كدكتاتور ومشابه للارهابيين بحيازته اسحلة دمار شامل ليقنع الجمهور بحربه ضد العراق. | This thesis presents Critical Discourse Analysis (CDA) to investigate the discourses of the British ex - prime minister, Tony Blair about Iraq War 2003 with special attention toArgumentation (practical reasoning). Rhetorical forms are relatively deeply and unavoidably involved in shaping the realities as the way they did with Blair’s discourses which helped in breaking the war against Iraq.Nowadays, the relationship between language and politics is the main focus of scholars in the sense that politicians exploit language to persuade their audience of their present or future plans. Further, politics is seen as a struggle for power to set up certainpolitical, economic and social ideas. It is argued that speeches in parliament should not only be defined in terms of their textual properties, but also in terms of a contextual analysis for its importance in showing power dominance and changing the situations. Thus,studying the language of politics and politicians is interesting for revealing the ideological trends. It adds a new orientation by focusing on CDA and argumentation (practical reasoning). The study investigated what makes a politician persuasive by examining thesimilarities and differences found in the linguistic choices and rhetorical devices used by Tony Blair. In many ways, Blair was not looking for overwhelming support for his actions, but rather mere acceptance. As a result, he reached a point where he was inquiringabout his decision of Iraq War 2003 and this point was the evaluation of his decisions. Throughout this thesis, the work is done to establish a unified analysis of the political discourse through taking goals to be imagined as states of affairs represented in circumstantial premises striped by value premise. Although, Iraq war, invasion of Iraq oras it is called the Second Gulf War happened 13 years ago, it is the most controversial event in recent history for its profound effects. It has the basic effects of what is going on now both in Iraq and the Middle East.The data were obtained from the internet, via the Guardian, with special evaluation from the same newspaper as a reaction against Blair’s decision. The study will not present the political speculations of Blair’s intentions of Iraq War 2003 rather how his speechessupport the War against Iraq especially the basic properties of the speeches that are the discursive expressions of his public reasons. The study seeks to provide a comprehensive analysis of Blair’s political speeches within the framework of Fairclough & Fairclough2012 in their book, Political Discourse Analysis : A Method for Advanced Students. It is the first time a political discourse is studied from the perspective of both CDA and practical reasoning. The study aims at investigating Blair’s speeches about the Iraq War 2003 with critical and argumentative tools using a new approach to analyze politicaldiscourse, based upon a view of political discourse as primarily argumentative and deliberative. To fulfill the aims of this study, it is hypothesized that : (i) political discourse is mainly interested in answering the question of (what to do?) in taking decisions. So, it isbetter to analyse the political discourse as an argumentative, (ii) CDA is a form of practical argumentation which critiques practical (political) argumentation, (iii) it is only by understanding representations as premises in arguments for action that CDA canprovide an adequate understanding of the relations between structures of every discourse, (iv) evaluation of argumentation is seen as a convenient basis or as a bridge between the normative concerns of argumentation theory and concerns of CDA for normative critique and explanatory critique.The thesis is divided into five chapters. While Chapter One introduces the preliminaries of the study, Chapter two presents the theoretical background of both CDA and Rhetoric. Chapter Three is the methodology of the study. Chapter Four, the analyticalchapter, offers an integrated analysis of the practical reasoning of Blair’s discourse regarding the current data. Finally, Chapter Five presents the conclusion, recommendations and suggestions. Based on the results, it can be concluded that theBlair’s statements and speeches have both theoretical and practical reasoning. In which the theoretical reasoning had the negative attitude of what will happen if the UN fail to disarm Iraq of its WMD and remove Saddam. Blair used negative modal verbs to describe this counter - argument. On the other hand, the practical reasoning which is interested with what ought to be done in response to such crisis is lightning with positive attitude that disarming Iraq and removing Saddam is the only and the best choice put in front of the UN. In practical reasoning, he used imaginaries full the modal verb will’ to persuade the audience with his future states of affairs that he has a comprehensive plan. Political discourse is primarily argumentative discourse which mainly involves practicalargumentation for or against lines of action in response to political problems. Moreover, he focuses on the ideological polarized structures of positive self - presentation of ῾us’ (democratic and peaceful); and negative other - presentation of ῾them’ (dictator andterrorists) as means to persuade the audience.

التحول الاشاري والتبئير في رواية (محبوبة) لتوني موريسون : دراسة اسلوبية ادراكية == Deictic Shifting and Focalization in Morrison's Beloved : A Cognitive Stylistic Study

Author name: اسلام عادل جبار
Supervisor name: عادل مالك خنفر
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Narrative texts create imaginative worlds that resemble the real world in its components. Deixis assist the reader to enter the fictional world and to follow up its happenings, time, space, contradictions, modifications and opinions as if he were really experiencing them in the real world. In addition, deixis are important because they bring forward the contextual information which is crucial for understanding the narrative. They are essential to shift the Deictic Centre in order to follow the progression of persons, places, times, and to shift the focalization level in the story.Deictic expressions are significant in making it easy to comprehend the contextual information of incidents, characters' traits and to understand the temporal and spatial dimensions in the text. This study attempts at discovering how it is possible to recognize shifting in focalization level by pinpointing the shifting of the Deictic Centre in narrative texts. Therefore, it considers three types of deictic expressions : person, time and place.These three types of deictic expressions are related to deictic operations which work on introducing, maintaining and shifting the Deictic Centre. In narrative, all the deictic expressions are tied to those operations. The main focus of the study is to investigate the relationship between the shifting operation of the Deictic Centre in Morrison's Beloved and its effect on the focalization level which is either internal or external. In addition, the researcher studies how DC shifting affects shifting the focalizer and the focalized by shifting theperson deixis. Primarily, the researcher combining two theories to cover both the deictic shifting operation and the focalization. The first is the focalization theory proposed by Mieke Bal (2004) to detect the shifting in focalization level by linguistically tracking the shifting of the DC in Beloved and the second is the Deictic Shifting Theory proposed by David Zubin and Lynne Hewitt (1995).The current study aims to prove the possibility of combining both theories and applying it to Beloved which is a postmodernist novel written with an intense use of deictic expressions, constant shifting of focalization and flashbacks; therefore, the novel is appropriate to the examination of the combination of the two theories.

استقصاء الاشارات السياقية في رواية اللؤلؤة للروائي جون ستاينبك وفق انموذج فيرشورن للاشارات السياقية : دراسة تداولية اسلوبية == Exploring Deixis in John Steinbeck's ''The Pearl'' in Terms of Verschueren's Model : A Pragma - Stylistic Study

Author name: مرتضى علي حسين
Supervisor name: مجيد حميد جاسم | علاء عبد الحسين هاشم
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تهدف الدراسة الحالية الى تطبيق انموذج فيسكيرن للاشارات السياقية( Verschueren's modal of Deixis) لدراسة الاعمال الادبية , وكما يعتمد هذا الانموذج على خمسة انواع من الاشارات : الاشارات الشخصية (Personal deixis) والاشارات المكانية (Spatial deixis) والاشارات الزمنية ( (Temporal deixis والاشارات الخطابية (Discourse deixis) والاشارات الاجتماعية ((Social deixis . ان العمل الادبي الذي اختير للتحليل هو رواية اللؤلؤة للروائي جون ستاينبك (John Steinbeck's The Pearl).تتالف الدراسة من سبعة فصول، اثنان منها يمثلان الجانب النظري للرسالة. اما الفصول الاربعة المتبقية فتمثل الجانب العملي الخاص بتحليل النصوص المختارة من العمل الادبي اسلوبيا وفصل للنتائج.يضم الفصل الاول عرضا تمهيديا للرسالة، فيتضمن مقدمة حول الدراسة ومشكلة وفرضيات وحدود وهدف الدراسة وخطواتها الاجرائية. كما يتضمن مقدمة عن العمل الادبي ومؤلفه.تقدم الدراسة في الفصل الثاني خلفية نظرية للاشارات السياقية بشكل عام من رؤى متعددة لمجموعة من اللغويين حول مفهوم الاشارة السياقية وعرض عدد من التعاريف لها. ثم يعرض الفصل مختلف التقسيمات للاشارات بوساطة عدد من اللغويين يليه استعراض بعض الدراسات والتحليلات السابقة التي قام بها باحثون مختلفون باستعمال العناصر الموظفة في الدراسة. في نهاية الفصل تناول الباحث الاشارات السياقية الخمس على وفق انموذج فيسكيرن للاشارات. اما الفصول الثالث والرابع والخامس فقد كرست لتحليل اجزاء الرواية الثلاثة اسلوبيا. اذ تضمن كل فصل شرحا للاشارات وبعض الامثلة التوضيحية عليها من النصوص المتعلقه بحبكة الرواية التي اختيرت للتحليل والدراسة. اما الفصلان الاخيران فقد تضمنا عرض ومناقشة النتائج النهائية لتحليل اجزاء الرواية ومناقشتها في الفصل السادس وبعض الاستنتاجات والاقتراحات للدراسات المستقبلية في الفصل السابع. | This study is a Pragma - Stylistic study based on Verschueren's Model of Deixis which is applied to John Steinbeck's ''The pearl''. The study is composed of seven chapters, the first two chapters represent the theoretical part of the study. The other chapters are the practical part in which the three parts of the novel are analysed with a list of conclusions and suggestions for futher studies at the end of the study. Chapter One presents preliminary remarks, which contains introduction to the study, the problem of the study, the hypotheses of the study, the limitation of the study, the aim of the study, the procedures of the study, and an introduction to John Steinbeck's life and the analysed novel, The Pearl. Chapter two contains a theoretical background about Deixis. It contains information about the Concept of Deixis, Definitions of Deixis, Categories of Deixis. Then, it outlines a number of previous studies on deixis. Lastly, the chapter discusses deixis according to Verschueren's model with clarification of the five types of the model (Personal Deixis, Spatial Deixis, Temporal Deixis, Discourse Deixis and Social Deixis). Chapters Three, Four, and Five are devoted to the analysis of the three parts of the novel stylistically. Each chapter is devoted to analyse part of the novel with a clear and detailed analysis of the five types of Deixis. Chapter Six presents discussion of the results of the analysis of the three parts. Finally, the concluding remarks are provided in chapter seven. Chapter seven also presents some suggestions for further studies.

استيعاب الاستعارة عند الاطفال المكفوفين ولاديا : دراسة لغوية نفسية == METAPHOR COMPREHENSION BY THE CONGENITALLY BLIND CHILDREN A PSYCHOLINGUISTIC STUDY

Author name: ضيف الله زامل حربي
Supervisor name: عالية بدر عبد الله
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: ان من البديهيات ان يحتل النظر مكانة بالغة الاهمية في بناء ادراك الانسان ولغة اذ ان النظرة الواحدة كفيلة ببناء وتخزين مفاهيم عدة عن الاشياء من حوله. ترتكز هذه الدراسة على سؤال جوهري يتلخص بمدى وكيفية تاثير فقدان هذه الحاسة الضرورية على استيعاب الاستعارة, خصوصا ان الاستعارة هي احد اهم الظواهر اللغوية التي تستند في بنائها الى المقارنة بين شيئين او مفهومين خصوصا اذا كان المفهومان مرتبطان بالعالم المرئي. يدرس البحث مقدرة الاطفال المكفوفين ولاديا على استيعاب الاستعارة. وتستند الدراسة الى فرضية واضحة تتلخص في ان الاطفال المكفوفين ولاديا لديهم المقدرة على استيعاب الاستعارة, بغض النظر عن كون الاستعارة مرتبطة بالرؤية ام لا, لكن هذه المقدرة تاتي في عمر متاخر اذا ما قورنوا بالاطفال الاصحاء. لقد شملت الدراسة على اثنين وخمسين طفلا ينقسمون بالتساوي الى مكفوفين ومبصرين (مجموعة متغيرة ومجموعة ضابطة) وفي دورها تنقسم كل من هاتين المجموعتين الى مجموعتين فرعيتين, مجموعة فرعية تضم الاطفال الذين تجاوزوا سن الثانية عشرة واخرى لمن هم دون ذلك. لقد تم عرض ثمانين استعارة على العينات لاجل تفسيرها. لقد اظهرت نتائج البحث مقدرة ملحوظة عند الاطفال المكفوفين على استيعاب الاستعارة لكن هذه المقدرة تاتي متاخرة مقارنة بنظرائهم من المبصرين بحيث ان الاطفال المكفوفين الذين تجاوزوا سن الثانية عشرة يتساوون تقريبا في مقدرتهم مع نظرائهم من المبصرين الذين لم يتجاوزوا تلك السن بعد. كما بينت الدراسة ان الانطلاقة المتاخرة لاكتساب مقدرة استيعاب الاستعارة عند المكفوفين متبوعة بعملية نمو سريعة لتلك المقدرة. وقد اكدت الدراسة التوقعات عن دور كبير للبيئة والفروقات الفردية في عملية نمو مقدرة الاستيعاب لدى المكفوفين اكثر منها لدى المبصرين. | Vision or visual experience has great significance in building our cognition and language. One glance is enough for constructing and storing many concepts about the world around. This study is based on a central question, which is : how does absence of sight affects metaphor comprehension, especially metaphor involves comparing two objects or concepts which may be highly rooted in the visual world? The study is based on a hypothesis that the congenitally blind children have the ability to comprehend metaphor but they have a delayed onset of acquiring this ability. The study is empirical and its sample includes 52 children, 26 blind children as variable group and 26 sighted children as control group. Each of these groups is divided into two sub - groups, older group (children who have passed the age of 12) and younger group (children who have not passed it yet). The subjects have been exposed to 80 metaphors constructed within a short story. Results of this study show that congenitally blind children can comprehend metaphor like their sighted peers, but they have a delayed onset. They also indicate that blind children who have passed the age of twelve are approximate, in their ability in understanding metaphor, to the sighted children who have not passed this age yet. The study has found also that the later onset is followed by a speed growing. The results also display to an obvious role of environment and individual differences in developing ability of metaphor comprehension for the blind children

تمثيل داعش في الصحف الامريكية وفق مقاربة الفاعل الاجتماعي لفان ليوين : تحليل ناقد للخطاب == The Representation of ISIS in American Newspapers in Terms of Van Leeuwen’s Social Actor Approach : A Critical Discourse Analysis

Author name: مصطفى عبد الصاحب عبد الكريم
Supervisor name: علي قاسم علي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تتناول الدراسة كيفية تمثيل داعش في صحيفتين امريكيتين مشهورتي ن, هما واشنطن بوست ونيويورك تايمز. ان الهدف الرئيسي وراء هذه الدراسة هو الكشف عن مدى تاثير الايديلوجيا على تقارير هاتين الصحيفتين, حيث تستقصي الايديلوجيات المهيمنة على الصحيفتين من خلال تحليل خطابهما تحليلا نقديا لمعرفة كيفية تشaaكيله بواسطة الايديلوجيا. تقارن الدراسة كيفية استخدام اللغة عند تناول داعش لدى الصحيفتين. تعتمد الدراسة في تحليلها على عشرين تقرير ا منشورا على المواقع الالكترونية للصحيفتين. تتبنى هذه الدراسة في تحليلها نموذج مقاربة الفاعل الاجتماعي لفان ليوفن (2008) والذي يعتمد في تحليله على اربع عشر ة اداة تطبيقية. اظهرت الدراسة تشابها كبير ا في تمثيل داعش في الصحيفتين من خلال استخدامها الاستراتيجيات اللغوية نفسها. بالاضافة الى ذلك, بينت الدراسة ان هاتين الصحيفتين تصور ان داعش بوصفه فاعل ا اجتماعيا ديناميكيا نشطا مسؤولا عن صنع القرار في الممارسة الاجتماعية. تصور الصحيفتان داعش بوصفه فاعل ا اجتماعي ا ذا قوة سلبية ويتضح هذا التصوير السلبي من خلال وصف مقاتلي داعش كمهاجمين باستعمال مفردات دالة على انشطتهم الهمجية. | This study deals with media representations to investigate how ISIS is represented in the reports of two famous newspapers : the Washington Post and New York Times. The main purpose of this study is to find out how ideology affected media reports in the WP and NYT. The study examines the dominant ideologies for these newspapers by means of analyzing the discourse in the reports and identifying how ideology shaped the language use. The study seeks to compares the language use between these newspapers, concerning ISIS. It derives its results from a discourse analytic study of 20 reports posted on these newspapers’ websites. These reports are randomly selected to be more representative. Analyzing these news reports depends on van Leeuwen’s (2008) Social Actor Approach to discover the representation of ISIS and investigate how it is realized linguistically by uncovering possible underlying ideologies. In this regard, fourty applicable tools are used and these include suppression, backgrounding; activation, passivation, genericization, specification, assimilation, association, indetermination, functionalization, identification, appraisement, personalization and finally impersonalization. The analysis shows that the WP and NYT have represented ISIS similarly with the same linguistic strategies. Moreover, the current analysis has revealed that these newspapers depict ISIS as active dynamic social actor that has a dynamic force, which is responsible for the decision making practice. Additionally, ISIS is portrayed as negative powerful social actor, and this negative attitude is shown through portraying ISIS fighters as attackers by using words that indicate their cruel activity.

تحليل التركيب التصوريفي لثلاث ترجمات للافعال ذات التعدد الدلالي والمشترك اللفظي لبعض النصوص القرانية في القران الكريم == AN ANALYSIS OF THE CONCEPTUAL STRUCTURE OF THREE TRANSLATIONS OF POLYSEMOUS AND HOMONYMOUS VERBS IN SOME TEXTS OF THE GLORIOUS QURAN

Author name: علي فوزي شعبان
Supervisor name: عادل عبد الامير الثامري
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to investigate the translation of two important linguistic phenomena in semantics, i.e. polysemous and homonymous verbs in terms of Jackendoff's conceptual structures. The present study is set to find out the correspondence between the conceptual structures of the target texts and the conceptual structure of the source text. It is also an attempt to identify the translations that keep the same conceptual structure of the source text. The applicability of Jackendoff's Conceptual Structures to the translation of the Quranic texts as regards polysemous and homonymous verbs is also one of the aims of the present study. Further, the present thesis adopts the exegete Al - Tabary so as to determine the meanings of the polysemous and homonymous verbs in the Quranic texts. The translated Quranic texts are then analyzed using Jackendoff's Conceptual Structure into its conceptual categories by bringing the verb into its basic form. A comparison is made between the conceptual structure of the source text and the translated text. The present study arrived at a number of conclusions as answers to the research questions. Among the important conclusions is that not all the conceptual structures of the translated texts are in full correspondence with the conceptual structure of the source texts. Some of these conceptual structures of the translated texts completely match the conceptual structure of the source texts, and other conceptual structures of the translated texts agree only with the number of the conceptual categories of the source texts, that is, the types of the conceptual categories are not the same. Perhaps, one of the conclusions of the present study is that none of the translators succeeded in keeping the same number and type of the conceptual categories of the conceptual structure of the source text in his translation in all of the selected Quranic texts.

سياسات ترجمة الادب العربي الحديث الى اللغة الانكليزية == The Politics of Translating Modern Arabic Literature into English

Author name: ياسمين كاظم خلف العلي
Supervisor name: علي مظلوم حسين
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تسعى هذه الرسالة الموسومة "سياسات ترجمة الادب العربي الحديث الى الانكليزية" الى مناقشة مشكلة قلة ترجمة وتمثيل الادب العربي الى اللغة الانكليزية. ومعلوم الان ان انتشار الترجمة يخضع الى تدخل لاعبين اساسيين سواء كافراد ام مؤسسات. وبقدر تعلق الامر بترجمة الادب العربي فان نظريات المؤامرة وشحة الموارد المالية والصور النمطية السلبية لها تاثير عظيم. ويمكن تلخيص اهداف هذه الدراسة باستكشاف عملية ترجمة الادب العربي الى الانكليزية عن طريق دراسة العوامل الحقيقية التي تقف عائقا بوجه تنمية ونشر الادب العربي وعن طريق دراسة توفر او عدم توفر المعوقات والمصاعب الفنية والجمالية والثقافية لدى جمهور القراء المستهدف.و تمضي الدراسة بمسح للادبيات النظرية المتعلقة بالموضوع من شاكلة الترجمة والايديولوجيا ورعاية الترجمة ودور دور النشر في الترجمة. وتنتقل الدراسة بعد ذلك الى مناقشة موقع الترجمة في ظل عدد من الانظمة السياسية الشمولية والدكتاتورية مثل ايطاليا الفاشية والمانيا النازية واسبانيا الفرانكوية وجمهورية الصين الشعبية لبيان التاثير الذي مارسته هذه الانظمة ذات الصبغة الايديولوجية العالية. وتمت الاشارة الى وجهات نظر المؤلفين والمترجمين حول اختيار ونشر الاعمال الادبية العربية. وتم تقييد الرسالة بدراسة العوامل المؤثرة على ترجمة الادب العربي ( والجنس الروائي تخصيصا) الى الانكليزية باستخدام المنطلقات النظرية لادوارد سعيد واندريه لوفيفر ولورنس فينوتي.و تستنتج الرسالة بالقول بان تطورا عظيما قد اخذ حيزه بعد فوز الروائي العربي نجيب محفوظ بجائزة نوبل للاداب على صعيد عدد الاعمال المترجمة وعلى صعيد نوعية الاعمال المنتقاة للترجمة, ومن ان الاعمال الادبية العربية المترجمة في الماضي لم تترجم من اجل قيمتها الادبية بل بوصفها وثائق اجتماعية وثقافية وسياسية، وان عدم كفاية الموارد المالية والجوائز الادبية لا تساعد في تشجيع ودعم المترجمين والناشرين، والى حاجة المؤلفين العرب الى تنمية تقنياتهم الكتابية والوصول بها الى مصاف التقنيات العالمية علاوة على الحاجة الى اطلاق حملات توعوية لتبديد الصور النمطية السلبية من العرب وادابهم.و توصي الرسالة بان قضية ترجمة الادب العربي الى الانكليزية (و اللغات الاخرى) يجب ان تناقش على ارفع المستويات السياسية في البلدان العربية ولابد من تخصيص الاموال الكافية في الميزانيات لتشجيع المترجمين ودور النشر. وتوصي الرسالة ايضا بربط اقسام الترجمة والدراسات العربية الاجنبية منها والعربية والمترجمين العرب والاجانب بمشاريع ترجمية مشتركة ، وتعزيز اللقاءات والمناقشات الثنائية بين الكتاب العرب والمترجمين الاجانب والناشرين لما لها من اهمية عظمى في هذا المجال.و اخيرا فان الدراسة مهمة للمخططين الستراتيجيين على صعيدي الترجمة والثقافة في العالم العربي والى طلبة الترجمة بتسليطها الضوء على قضية ترجمة الادب العربي الحديث الى الانكليزية. | This thesis entitled "The Politics of Translating Modern Arabic Literature into English" seeks to address the problem of undertranslating and underrepresentation of Arabic Literature in English. It is now very well - understood that the spread of translation is subject to the intervention of individual and institutional key players. As far as the translation of Arabic literature is concerned, conspiracy theories, lack of sufficient financial resources as well as negative stereotypes were found to have a great impact. The aims of the study can be summarized inexploring the process of translating Arabic literature into English by examining the concrete factors that stand in the face of promoting Arabic literature and studying the (un)availability of artistic and aesthetic obstacles and difficulties which can discourage translators as well as the cultural differences in the targeted readership. The study proceeds by starting with the survey of related literature in translation such as translation and ideology and the patronage of translation and the publishing industry. It then goes on to study the position of translation in Fascist Italy, Nazi Germany, Franco's Spain and the Republic of China to illustrate the influence exerted by these very ideological regimes. References have been made to viewpoints expressed by authors and translators about the selection and promotion of Arabic literary works. The thesis is restricted to study the different factors influencing the translation of Arabic literature (particularly fiction) into English by using theories of Edward Said, Andre Lefevere and Lawrence Venuti. The study concludes by saying that a great development has taken place since Naguib Mahfouz was awarded the Noble Prize both on the level of the number of books translated and the level of quality, that Arabic literary works in the past were translated not for their literary merit but as sociocultural and political documents, the insufficiently of financial resources and literary prizes to encourage both translators and publishers, the need on the part of Arab writers to promote their writing techniques to the level of World writers and most importantly the need to launch out campaigns to dispel stereotypes against Arabic culture and literature. It is recommended that the issue of translating Arabic literature into English and other languages be addressed at the highest official levels in the Arabic countries and that good amounts of budgets be allocated to encourage translators and publishing houses. It is also recommended that foreign and Arab departments of translation and Arabic studies and translators be linked in joint ventures for that end. Bi - lateral meetings and discussions between Arab writers, foreign translators and publishers are seen of great importance in this regard. Finally, it is believed that the study is significant to translation and cultural strategists in the Arab world, to translators and students of translation as it studies and analyses the issue of translating modern Arabic literature more thoroughly

استقصاء تاثير نوع النص وادراك استراتيجيات القراءة على متعلمي اللغة الانجليزية كلغة اجنبية - المستوى الجامعي : دراسه لغوية - نفسية ذات مضامين تعليمية == Exploring the Effect of Text Type and Reading Strategies Awareness on EFL Readers at the University Level : A Psycholinguistic Study with Pedagogical Implication

Author name: غيداء جاسم محمد
Supervisor name: انتصار عدنان عبد القادر
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: ان تحقيق اعلى مستوى من الاستيعاب القرائي لانواع النص المختلفة ما هو الا عملية تكاملية معتمدة في الانجاز على جوهرية عملية الادراك المنبثقة في عقول القراء ، ومراحل القراءة التي يحصل خلالها الفهم القرائي ، فضلا عن الوعي ماوراء المعرفي لاستراتيجيات القراءة والتي تشمل مزيجا من القدرات ، الادراكية - الحسية واللغوية - النفسية والادراكية المعرفية. وللصعوبات التي يواجهها متعلمواللغة الانجليزية كلغة اجنبية في الاستيعاب القرائي لانواع معينة من النص وبالاخص (النص الجدلي والنص التفسيري),كرس هدف الدراسة الحالية لعمل دراسة لغوية - نفسية لاستقصاء وتوضيح مدى تاثير نوع النص وادراك استراتيجيات القراءة على قراء اللغة الانجليزية كلغة اجنبية على المستوى الجامعي وتحديد المضامين التعليمية التي تساعد على تعزيز تلك المهارات.تستند هذه الدراسة على ثلاث ادوات بحثية وهي : مقياس لمعرفة مستوى الادراك ماوراء المعرفي لاستراتيجيات القراءةMokhtari (2002) MARSs;، اختبارين تحصيليين في الاستيعاب القرائي صمما بالاعتماد على مستويات تصنيف (BRT - 2001) وايضا قائمة لمعرفة مستوى استعمال الطلبة لاستراتيجيات القراءة ((RSs Checklist ،حيث تم اجراء الدراسة على 221 طالبا في المرحلة الثانية في قسم اللغة الانجليزية /كلية التربية للعلوم الانسانية /جامعةالبصرة للعام الدراسي 2015 - 2016م. تهتم الدراسة باختبار مشكلة البحث وايضاح اسباب ضعف الاداء في الاستيعاب القرائي للنصين المذكورينتتضمن الدراسة الحالية خمسة فصول : يستعرض الفصل الاول المقدمة التمهيدية للدراسة والمتمثلة بعرض مشكلة البحث وفرضياتها واهدافها وحدودها والاجراءات المتبعة في اختيار الفرضيات فضلا عن ذلك تمت الاشارة الى اهمية هذه الدراسة. ويتناول الفصل الثاني الدراسات المتعلقة بكل من تصنيف (BRT - 2001) ومقياس ((MARSs . كما ويسلط الضوء على عرض لانواع النص المختلفة ومحتوياته ووجهة النظر الادراكية لما يعنيه نوع النص. زيادة على ذلك يتضمن مقارنة بين;Bloom's (Original (Taxonomy وAnderson and Krathowl - BRT 2001))التصنيف القديم والحديث المستعمل في هذه الدراسة.ركز الفصل الثالث على مفهوم القراءة الاستيعابية. حيث يناقش طبيعة,وانواع, وتصنيفات,ومهارات,ونماذج, ومراحل التوصل الى الفهم القرائي, زيادة على الصفات التي يمتلكها قراء اللغة الانجليزية كلغة اجنبية وطبيعة الوعي ما وراء المعرفي.اما الجزء الثاني من الفصل فيستعرض شرحا مفصلا حول القراءة الناقدة ،استراتيجيات القراءة وسمات القارئ الاستراتيجي. فضلا عن وصف مقياس Mokhtariو (2002) Reichard MARSs وتقسيماته الفرعية كاداة لقياس مدى ادراك واستعمال القارئ لاستراتيجيات القراءة .اما الفصل الرابع فقد خصص لعرض الاجراءات المتبعة في الجانب العملي, عينة البحث ، ضبط وتطوير ادوات البحث, التحقق من صحة الفرضيات ،استعمال برنامج الحاسوبSPSS لتحليل البيانات وعرض ومناقشة النتائج. واخيرا اهم النتائج التي تم التوصل اليها ثم المضامين التعليمية وبعض التوصيات والمقترحات للدراسات المستقبلية تم عرضها في الفصل الخامس.اظهرت نتائج الدراسة الارتباط والتاثير الايجابي للادراك ما وراء المعرفي ولاستعمال استراتيجيات القراءة وتقديم الطلاب لافضل مستوى من الاداء في الاستيعاب القرائي لانواع النص المختلفة. كما بينت النتائج ايضا ان توظيف مستويات التفكير الابداعي - الناقد خلال الاستيعاب القرائي يساعد في تحقيق اعلى مستوى في القراءة الاستيعابية لمختلف انواع النص وللتغلب على صعوبة واختلاف النص. | Getting the highest level of comprehending different text types is a complimentary process that can be accomplished depending on the essential cognitive process of reading that occurs in the reader's minds, the process (i.e., the stage) during which reading comprehension occurs, in addition to the significance of the metacognitive awareness of the reading strategies (henceforth MARSs) which consists of a combination of perceptual, psycholinguistics and cognitive abilities. Since Iraqi EFL learners face lots of difficulties in reading comprehension of specific text types (i.e., Argumentative and Expository texts) at the university level, the goal of this study has been devoted to accomplishing a psycholinguistic study that explores the effect of text types and reading strategies (henceforth RSs) awareness on EFL readers and setting the pedagogical implications that help enhancing such skills. The three instruments (i.e., Mokhtari and Reichard (2002) MARSs scale, reading comprehension tests which have been designed following (Anderson and Krathowl - Bloom's Revised Taxonomy (henceforth BRT - 2001) and the RSs checklist) are conducted to 221 students of English at the 2nd grade, Department of English, College of Education for Human Sciences, University of Basra during the academic year 2015 - 2016 to test the problem and predict the reasons behind readers' impaired performance in reading comprehension of the previously mentioned text types. The present study falls into five chapters : Chapter One introduces the preliminaries of this study; its problem, hypotheses, objectives, limits, the procedure followed to examine the hypotheses and the significance of this study. Chapter Two tackles the related studies of the BRT and the MARSs. It also highlights the different text types and contents in addition to the cognitive point of view of the text types. A comparison between the two versions of the taxonomy Bloom's Original Taxonomy (henceforth BOT) vs. Anderson and Krathowl (2001 - the BRT) used in this study has been conducted. Chapter Three concentrated on the reading comprehension. It discusses its nature, types, sub - skills, processes, EFL reader's characteristics and their MARSs. Furthermore, the second part of this chapter presents a detailed exploration about the critical reading and RSs. It also indicates the description of the Mokhtari and Reichard's inventory of MARSs scale (2002) as a measurement tool of reader's awareness of the RSs and use. Chapter Four is devoted to presenting the methodology of the practical investigation, the sample, the development of the research instruments, testing the hypotheses, using of the descriptive statistical SPSS to analyze data and setting the results and discussions. Finally, the main conclusions, some suggestions for further studies and recommendations are displayed in Chapter Five. The results of the study demonstrate that there is a positive correlation between the effect of the MARSs and use and students' better performance in the reading comprehension of different text types. Besides, the results have shown that the employed critical and creative thinking levels during the reading comprehension will assist students to achieve the highest level of performance in the reading comprehension of different text types, differentiate between the text types and overcome text difficulty

التضمينات الايديولوجية في ترجمة النصوص الاخبارية من اللغة الانكليزية الى اللغة العربية وبالعكس حسب نموذج ج. ل. مالون == The Ideological Implications in Translating News texts from English - Arabic - English as Framed in J. L. Malone's Model

Author name: مها صادق ياسين
Supervisor name: كاظم خلف العلي
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: جرى دراسة المفاهيم الايديولوجية من عدة جوانب منها الترجمة٬ فلقد كشف البحث في مجال دراسات الترجمة ان هناك علاقة بين الثقافة ونعني بها مجموعة (القيم والمفاهيم والمعتقدات) من جهة وبين توجه المترجم في صنع قرار اختيار المفردات اللغوية في النص المترجم. بالتالي فان النص المترجم يخضع لتاثير كل من ايديولوجيات الكاتب الاصلي او وكالة الاخبار وتلك التي يتدخل المترجم بها. ان المترجمين مثلهم مثل اي شخص اخر لديهم وجهات نظر خاصة بهم فيما يتعلق من احداث عالمية لذا فقد يتحيزون لجهة معينة خاصة عند ترجمة النصوص المرتبطة باحداث سياسية او اجتماعية او دينية.يهدف هذا البحث الى الاجابة عن السؤالين الاتيين : هل يحمل الخطاب الاخباري تضمينات ايديولوجية؟ وهل ان ترجمة النصوص الاخبارية تعبر عن نفس الرسالة الايديولوجية او هل تلاعب المترجم /وكالة الاخبار بها؟ في هذه الدراسة، تم تحليل مفردات النصوص والجمل والخطاب اجمع من خلال تطبيق تحليل الخطاب النقدي من اجل اكتشاف الرسائل الايديولوجية التي يتضمنها النص الاصلي وترجمته.كشفت هذه الدراسة عن ان لغة الاخبار ليست محايدة. فهي غالبا ما تعبر عن مصلحة المؤسسة وان هذه المصالح اما يتم نقلها بامانه عند الترجمة الى اللغة العربية/الانكليزية او لا يكون ذلك. في اغلب الاحيان فان المترجمين يكونون تحت تاثير ايدلوجية سياسية او اجتماعية او معينة فيقومون بالتعبير عنها عند ترجمتهم للنصوص ذات العلاقة. ولقد لوحظ ايضا ان المترجمين غالبا ما يميلون الى التعميم عند ترجمة النصوص الى الانكليزية خاصة تلك المتعلقة بمواضيع دينية او اجتماعية.اما عند الترجمة الى اللغة الانكليزية، فان الاستراتيجيات الاكثر اتباعا هي التفصيل والتقليص. يقوم المترجم بالتفصيل عندما يحاول توضيح المسائل الدينية او الاجتماعية، اما التقليص فيقع عندما يحاول المترجم غض النظر عن المعلومات السياسية او تلك التي تكون حساسة اجتماعيا . | The incorporation of ideologies into various fields of study has been explored and researched with one such field being that of translation. Translation research has revealed that there is a relationship between the culture, that is to say, sets of values, concepts, and beliefs on one hand and the way translators control and make linguistic choices in their translated texts, on the other hand. Therefore, the translation of a text is often influenced by both the ideologies of the original writer/agency and the translator who can influence the interpretation of both the written and spoken word. Translators have their own perspectives on and understandings of global events; therefore, they may take sides when translating news articles particularly those related to political or social/religious events.This research aims to answer the following two questions; Does the news discourse carry an ideological message? And does the translation of the news discourse express the same ideology or is it manipulated by the translator/ news agency? The assessment was carried out at the word level, sentence level and discourse level. Critical discourse analysis was used in order to discover the ideological underpinnings of both the original and translated versions by shedding light on the lexical choice and the grammatical representation of the news.The conclusion of the study is that the language of news is not neutral. It is constantly reflecting an institutional interest, and these interests are either rendered faithfully in the translation into Arabic/English or not. Most of the time translators are governed by particular political, social or religious ideologies that they express in their translations of the news. In translating news from Arabic into English, translators often try to generalise the information especially those related to religion or social aspects. When translating into English, the most common strategies followed by the translators were found to be amplified when trying to clarify religious or social issues, and reduction when wanting to oversee information that is politically or socially sensitive.

تحليل خطاب تحرير الاخبار العربية == Verily, we have granted thee a clear victory

Author name: سلوى نوري عبد الله
Supervisor name: علاء حسين عودة
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: اختصت هذه الدراسة بتسليط الضوء على مفهوم الخطاب كونه جزء اساس لدراسة الابحاث في مجالات متعددة كابحاث اللغة وعلم النفس بالاضافة الى ابحاث علم الاجتماع . في الوقت الحالي اصبح تحليل الخطاب السياسي محط اهتمام العديد من فلاسفة ومنظري علم اللغة, هذا بسبب طبيعة العلاقة الوثيقة بين اللغة كوسيلة خطاب متنوعة والسياسة . لذلك فان هذا البحث يهتم بدراسة الترابطات البراغماتية بين المقترحات او بالاحرى بين مقترحات نصوص الاخبار السياسية العربية. علاوة على ذلك تتركز هذه الدراسة بالكشف عن كل مؤشر خطابي في اي نص خبري وفي الوقت نفسه الكشف عن وظيفة هذه المؤشرات. تعد هذه المؤشرات او التعابير عناصر ضرورية ومهمة في فهم وتقديم النص المحدد من جهة وامكانية ظهورها في مواقع مختلفة كان يكون في بداية النص, في الوسط, او في اخره من جهة اخرى .وقد تضمنت هذه الدراسة ستة فصول, كل له سمته الخاصة للمشاركة في فهم الوظيفة البراغماتية لمؤشرات خطاب جمة وخصوصا في تشكيلة النصوص الاخبارية العربية. تضمن الفصل الاول مقدمة للدراسة بشكل عام ومشكلة البحث واهدافه وفرضياته واجراءات التحليل واهمية هذه الدراسة ومجالها. اما الفصل الثاني فقد تضمن الاطر النظرية وملاحظات تمهيدية تتعلق بمصطلح الخطاب وتحليل هذا الخطاب. وقد ذكرت في هذا الفصل العديد من الفروقات بين هذا النوع من التحليل ومجالات اخرى كالتحليل النحوي او تحليل النص من وجهة نظر علماء اللغة, ايضا اشار هذا الفصل الى تقديم نظرة عامة تتعلق بالمضمون البراغماتي للخطاب بالاضافة الى الجوانب المهمة الاخرى بدراسة تحليل الخطاب. خصص الفصل الثالث لدراسة القضايا المتعلقة بتحليل الخطاب السياسي , وقد تناول ايضا الاستراتيجيات بالاضافة الى ذكر بعض الافكار الخاصة بموضوع الاخبار وعلاقته بوسائل الاعلام.في حين اختص الفصل الرابع بتغطية خاصة للنموذج المعتمد في هذه الدراسة وتصنيفه حسب تقسيمان رئيسيان من مؤشرات الخطاب ويشتمل على المؤشرات النصية والمؤشرات الشخصية. اما الفصل الخامس فاهتم بالتحليل العملي للبيانات المستخدمة ناهيك عن مناقشة هذه البيانات. في حين سلط الفصل السادس والاخير الضوء على ما تمخضت عنه هذه الدراسة من استنتاجات. وقد انتهت الدراسة بقائمة المراجع التي اعتمدت عليها هذه الدراسة. | The conception of discourse has motivated a variety of research perspectives in multiple disciplines, such as sociology, psychology, and linguistics.Political discourse analysis has recently become the interest of numerous theorists and philosophers due to the close relationship between language, as a multiple means of communication, and politics. So that, this study will investigate the pragmatic connections between propositions or between the propositions of the Arabic political news texts. Moreover, this study identifies each discourse connector or marker in a particular news item and examines the aim behind using each one of them. These expressions are considered significant components in the text production and perception as well as they can occur initially, medially, or finally The study includes six chapters, each of which has its own contribution to the understanding of the pragmatic function of discourse markers in the genre of political news texts. Chapter one presents an introduction of the whole study, problem, aims, hypotheses, procedures, significance and scope of the study. Chapter two introduces the theoretical frameworks and presents an introductory remarks dealing with the terms discourse and discourse analysis. It reveals many differences between discourse analysis and other fields like grammatical analysis or text linguistics. It also presents a brief overview to the pragmatic perspective of discourse and other important fields to the study of discourse and discourse analysis.Chapter three is devoted to explorea general idea of related issues concerning discourse and political discourse analysis, the genre of the language of politics, and its strategies as well as some notions about the term news and its relation with the mass media. Furthermore, this chapter stresses on main topics relevant to the core meaning of discourse. Chapter fouris designed to cover the model of this study. It starts with an introduction of Hyland's model, its classification and description which result into two main divisions of discourse markers : interactive (textual ) and interactional ( interpersonal ) discourse markers. While the fifth chapter is concerned with the actual analysis of the current data and also includes the discussion of the results. Chapter six contains many conclusions depending on the researcher's findings and suggestions to further studies. The study ends with the bibliography list

دراسة وتحليل النهج الداخلي والخارجي لترجمة كتاب بصرياثا لمحمد خضير == AN ANALYSIS OF THE INSIDER - OUTSIDER APPROACH TO THE TRANSLATION OF MOHAMMED KHUDAYYIR’S BASRAYATHA’

Author name: نادية عودة سلطان
Supervisor name: علي مظلوم حسين
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Translation Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تحاول هذه الدراسة ان تبين اهمية ان يكون المترجم مطلعا على الثقافة / اللغة في ترجمة المصطلحات والتعابير لثقافة معينة.الغرض من ذلك هو معرفة اهمية دور المترجمين في اخفاء بعض العناصر الثقافية وجعلها مقبولة وواضحة اكثر لقراء اللغة المستهدفة (TT).اذ المعاني المتعددة للثقافة والعولمة كلاهما مرتبطان مع بعضهما البعض اذ ان الحديث عن الثقافة يمضي بنا الى ان نبدا بالتحدث عن تاثير العولمة عليها. تحاول هذه الدراسة معرفة اذا كانت ترجمة بصرياثا لمحمد خضير قد نجحت في نقل وجهة النظر الداخليـــة الى النص المستهدف.يتبع التحليل النظرية اللغوية لكنث بايــكKenneth L.Pike) )التي تميزبين الوصف التمييزي واللاتمييزي بين اللغات(emic and etic).الوصف اللاتمييزي هوالوصف الذي يستعمل لاصناف محددة مسبقا ووجد انها مستخدمة في تفسير اللغات الاخرى , اما الوصف التمييزي emic من الناحية الاخرى فيستغل اصنافا معدة كاستجابة لحاجات اللغة تحت الدراسة والتي يمكن ان يوفرها شخص ضالع في اللغة وقد تبنى اصناف الوصف التمييزي على المصطلحات المالوفة. تعتزم الدراسة توضيح الفوائدالكبيرةعند اعتماد هذا النهج الداخلي لتحديد المعنى المقصود بشرط ان يتحقق ذالك على يد شخص على دراية باللغة. يبحث الفصل الثاني في اهمية الترجمة الثقافية والكيفية التي يمكن ان يتم نقلها الى الثقافة الناطقة باللغة الانجليزية. هل نجحت العولمة في نقل الثقافة / العربية الاسلامية الى الغير بنجاح؟ يتناول الفصل الثالث عن تاريخ اتباع وجهة النظر التميزي واللاتميزي في الترجمة مع امثلة من ترجمات ادبية مختلفة.بينما يحتوي الفصل الرابع على تحليل وشرح اسباب اختيار المترجم للمنظور الداخلي او الخارجي وهل تمكن في ذلك.و تتم ترجمة الامثلة المختارة الى اقرب وجهة نظر داخلية للنص. واخيرا يتحدث الفصل الخامس عن نتائج البحث والانتهاء من الدراسة التي اثبتت ان اللغة غير كافية في ترجمة وجهة النظر الداخلية للنص.اذ ان المترجم يجب ان يكون اكثر وعيا ودقة في لغة الاخر وثقافته وان يكون على اطلاع واسع في ثقافة الاخر وتاريخه للتوصل الى افضل النتائج في تكافؤ الترجمة.في نهاية البحث ثمة توصيات عن الطرق التي يمكن للمترجم الوصول للترجمة الناجحة عن طريق اتباع المنظور الداخلي في عمله. | The study highlights the importance of being an insider in both languages/cultures while translating culture - specific terms and expressions. The purpose of this study is to see how important the role of the translators is, and how they can play crucial roles in explaining some cultural elements and making them more acceptable and clearer to the TT readers.The massive effect of globalization is considered by some observers as part of the difficulty which lies in their multiple meanings, and both terms are related to each other in some aspects. The present study tries to see if the translation of Mohammad Khudayyir’s Basrayatha succeeded in conveying the insider/emic viewpoint to the target text readers. The investigation follows Kenneth L. Pike’s etic vs. emic linguistic theory, which looks at how humans process language and behavior from the observer’s viewpoint. The study intends to clarify the reasons why there are significant benefits when adopting an insider approach to identifying the intended meaning. Chapter one is an explanation of the preliminaries and the methodology used in the study, while Chapter two looks at the importance of cultural translation and how it is rendered to the readers of the target text (TT) culture. In Chapter three we try to see if globalization managed,through translation, to take the Arab/Islamic culture to the West successfully? An account of the history of the emic vs. etic perspective to translation with examples where the perspective is followed in them from different literary translations .While Chapter four examines examples from Basrayatha where the insider/outsider perspective is used, and why the translator opted for this approach and excluded others. The translation of those examples into the target language (TL) by adopting an insider perspective is in the final part of the chapter. Finally Chapter five, the conclusion of the study, has proved that although the translator is successful in conveying the original meaning of the source text (ST) he failed in understanding the culture and history of the source text. Competence in a language is not enough to reach the best equivalence between the (TT) and (ST) cultures. A translator needs to take into account the history, culture and religion of that culture so that he/she could produce a translation that reflects all those elements. This can be achieved by being an insider in both languages/cultures. Recommendations on how a translator can adopt an insider perspective, and avoid being outsider, in his/her work is on the final part of the chapter

استراتيجية التهذب العليا في تعليقات الفيسبوك في مجموعة (جمهورية الملحدين) وفق منظور ليتش : دراسة حالة == Politeness Super - strategy in Facebook Comments in “Atheist Republic” Group from Leech’s Perspective : A Case Study

Author name: سامر عبد الكريم ناصر
Supervisor name: عادل مالك خنفر
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Translation Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: شهدت السنوات السابقة تحولات مجتمعية في التواصل الاجتماعي كان ابرزها موقع الفيسبوك. يستخدم الملحدون شبكات التواصل كالفيسبوك لنشر فكر الالحاد لاكبر شريحة مجتمعية ممكنه وبهذا يستخدمون ستراتيجيات خطاب متعددة لغرض الاقناع. في عام 2014 قدم العالم اللغوي جفري ليتش نظريته النسقية المتكاملة في الاستراتيجية العليا للتهذب التي تتضمن عشرة ثوابت التي هي اللباقة والكرم والاستحسان والتواضع والالزام (بنوعيه الزام المتكلم للمستمع والزام المستمع للمتكلم) والراي (بنوعيه : الموافقة بالراي والتحفظ )والشعور(بنوعيه : شعور التعاطف اخفاء الشعور) اضافة الى خاصيتي التهكم اللغوي والمزاح الهادف. في هذه الرسالة تم استخدام نموذج جيفري ليتش التحليلي الصادر عام 2014 لغرض تحليل البيانات التي هي عبارة عن تعليقات الملحدين,حيث تعرض البيانات على الثوابت لغرض معرفة تمسكها او مخالفتها للثوابت.هذا يعكس اختيارية الملحدين للاستراتيجيات التداولية .اهم النتائج التي توصلت اليها الرسالة هي امكانية تطبيق نموذج ليتش الصادر عام 2014 على تعليقات الفيسبوك بنجاح وان خاصيتي المزاح الهادف والتهكم اللغوي لا يستغلان الثوابت لانهما جزء من الثوابت وفق التحليل واخيرا هنالك خرق تام للثابت الاول المتعلق بالكرم والثابت السادس المتعلق بالالزام تم ضبطهما اثناء التحليل. | The last few years witnessed many social transformations in the social media, especially Facebook. Atheists use Facebook for the promotion of atheism to reach many people online. By doing so, they use different strategies of discourse to convince others. In 2014, Geoffrey Leech introduced his integrated theory of linguistic Super - strategy of politeness that includes ten maxims which are : Tact, Generosity, approbation, Modesty, Obligation(to the other and of the other to the speaker),Opinion(agreement and reticence), and Feeling(sympathy and reticence). In addition to the maxims there are two linguistic properties : Conversational Irony and Banter. Leech's model of 2014 is used to analyze the samples of the group under study that are tested against the maxims so as to see the flouting of the maxims or their observation .That way reflects the atheists' choice of linguistic strategies. The most important conclusions are : the applicability of Leech(2014) to Facebook comments, Banter and Irony do not exploit the maxims because they are treated as maxims, and finally complete violation of the first maxim of Generosity and the sixth maxim of Obligation.

تحولات الترجمة في رواية بنات الرياض لرجاء الصانع من منظور علم اللغة النصي == Translation Shifts in Rajaa Alsanea’s Novel Girls of Riyadh : A Text Linguistic Perspective

Author name: عمار فؤاد مشاري
Supervisor name: رمضان مهلهل سدخان
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Translation Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: According to the prerequisites of text linguistics, the text must meet seven standards of textuality in order to be a text. These seven standards are cohesion, coherence, intentionality, acceptability, informativity, situationality, and intertextuality. During translation, these standards are expected to undergo certain shifts. Thus, this thesis attempts to study the shifts in situationality, one of the seven standards of textuality suggested by Beaugrande and Dressler (1981), in the English translation of Rajaa Alsaneas novel Girls of Riyadh. The aim is to find out the reasons behind these shifts, their effects on the target text, and how the translators have dealt with them. Views of different scholars about translation shifts are discussed. Concomitantly, the notion of text linguistics, especially the seven standards of textuality, aforementioned above, is touched upon during this study. In the practical part, the Arabic and English versions of Rajaa Alsaneas novel Girls of Riyadh (Banat el Riyadh) are juxtaposed and then analyzed according to the model suggested by Kinga Klaudy (2003) in order to see what kinds of shifts the target text has undergone. Having finished the analysis of the data, many shifts have been discovered, most of them have occurred to make the target text look natural and understandable for target language readers, i.e. shifts that deem necessary for the translators to make

تحليل عدم الكياسة في الحوار المسرحي في مسرحية جون اوزبورن (انظر وراءك بغضب) وفـق نظريــة عدم الكياسة : دراسة اســــلوبيــة تداوليـــــة == Impoliteness in Dramatic Dialogue : An Analysis of John Osborne’s “Look Back in Anger” in Terms of (Im)Politeness Theory A Pragma - Stylistic Study

Author name: سعد عزيز عبد البدري
Supervisor name: انتصار عدنان عبد القادر | عبد الستار عبد اللطيف
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: ان الهدف الرئيسي للدراسة الحالية هو التحقيق في استعمال استراتيجيات عدم الكياسة بما يتماشى مع نظرية عدم الكياسة لكيلبيبر (1996). تناقش الدراسة الحالية بان الادوات التداولية كنظرية عدم الكياسة يمكن تطبيقها على الخطاب الادبي من اجل توضيح الاستراتيجيات المختلفة في حوار شخصيات المسرحية في النص الادبي بما يتناغم مع الجنس. وتشتمل بيانات الدراسة الحاليةعلى النص الادبي الذي كتب من قبل الكاتب البريطاني المسرحي جون اوزبورن في مسرحيته "انظر وراءك بغضب" في عام 1956. تم معرفة مدى تاثير الجنس وفعاليته من خلال تحليل النص على استعمال عدم الكياسة من قبل الشخصيات اثناء تجاذبهم اطراف الحديث مع بعضهم البعض.لقد تناولت الدراسة الحالية المسرحية من وجهة نظر ادبية من حيث (الحبكة, المكان, المواضيع, اللغة الادبية, وكلا من الخلفيات الاجتماعية والسياسية).اضافة الى ذلك فقد تناولت الدراسة تحليل المسرحية بشكل كمي وكيفي لمعرفة الاستراتيجيات الاساسية والثانوية من حيث التكرار والنسب المئوية لكلا التحليلين وكذلك استخدمت الدراسة (كاي سكوير) كمعادله احصائية لقياس اهمية النتائج احصائيا. ويمكن الاشارة الى ان الدراسة تفترض كون الرجال يعتبرون لفظيا غيرمؤدبين مقارنة بالنساء بسبب رجولتهم وقوتهم ولان النساء اكثر خضوعا واقل قوة منهم لذلك نراهن خاضعات لسيطرة الرجال في المسرحية. ان الدراسة تتعامل مع الشخصيات الاكثر قوة كما هو الحال مع (جيمي) على سبيل الفرض حيث انه يعتبر من الشخصيات الاكثر حرية في استخدام اساليب عدم الكياسة من خلال حواراته مع الشخصيات الاخرى الاقل قوة منه. ومن الملاحظ ان طريقة كلام الرجال مع النساء هي اكثر قسوة واقل تهذيبا من كلام النساء مع الرجال. وهذا قد يغني معرفتنا بالدليل القاطع من خلال دراسة المواضيع التي يتناولها الكاتب المسرحي كعرض كلام الرجال على انه اكثر قوة من ناحية الخطاب مقارنة بكلام النساء وهذا يثبت فرضية الدراسة. وعليه فان الدراسة تستنتج ملائمة نظرية عدم الكياسة على النص الادبي للمسرحية وانه ذو اهمية بالغة في توضيح مدى ديناميكية الشخصيات في النص الادبي. تشير الدراسة ايضا ان مفهوم عدم الكياسة في الاعمال الادبية هو مجال يستحق الدراسة والبحث والذي قد يضيف مدى فهم الناس لاستعمال اللغه في المحيط الادبي. وكذلك يمكن الاشاره الى ان تحليل النتائج يوضح كثرة استخدام استراتيجيات عدم الكياسة في المسرحية وان اعداد تلك الاستراتيجيات المستخدمة من قبل الذكور هي ذات اهمية بالغة من تلك التي تستخدمها الاناث واستنادا الى ذلك فان نتائج الدراسة تتطابق مع الفرضية. وتتالف الدراسة الحالية من خمسة فصول, يتضمن الفصل الاول مقدمة للدراسة بشكل عام ومشكلة الدراسة واهدافها وفرضيتها واجراءات التحليل ومجال الدراسة. اما الفصل الثاني فقد تضمن الاطر النظرية حول نظريات الكياسة وكذلك اهتم بتغطية خاصة لنظرية عدم الكياسة المقترحة من قبل كيلبيبر والمعتمدة في هذه الدراسة كاداة لتحليل النص الادبي. خصص الفصل الثالث لتتبع عدم الكياسة في المسرحية من خلال دراسة النقد الادبي والحركات الادبية التي تنتمي اليها المسرحية. اما الفصل الرابع فاهتم بالتحليل العملي للبيانات المستخدمة في المسرحية من وجهة نظر تداولية ناهيك عن مناقشة تلك البيانات. في حين سلط الفصل الخامس والاخير الضوء على ماتمخضت عنه الدراسة من استنتاجات. وقد انتهت الدراسة بقائمة المراجع التي اعتمدت عليها هذه الدراسة. | The main objective of this study is to investigate the use of impoliteness strategies and sub - strategies in line with Culpeper's (1996) Impoliteness Theory. The study argues that pragmatic tool such as the Impoliteness theory can be applied to literary discourse to explain different dynamics in the conversation of dramatic characters in literary text in relation to gender. The data of this study consists of a literary work written in English by a British dramatist. This is ''Look Back in Anger'' henceforth (LBA) by John Osborne. The text is analyzed to see how gender affects characters' use of impoliteness. LBA is examined from a literary perspective in relation to its plot, structure, themes, literary language, and historical, social and political background. In addition, both qualitative and quantitative analyses of the identified strategies and sub - strategies are conducted in terms of frequency and percentages of occurrences of each strategy and sub - strategy. Finally, Chi square analysis is conducted in order to measure the statistical significance of the results. This study is hypothesized that the male speakers are verbally more impolite because of their masculinity and being powerful than female speakers who assume to be powerless and submissive to males' dominance and virility within the play. This study has shown that in most situations characters with more power such as (Jimmy) are at a greater freedom to use strategies of impoliteness when speaking to those with less power. One interesting finding is in the speech of male characters with the female characters in the text. Rather than being gentle and polite, it has proved to be the opposite. This in turn can enrich our knowledge with some evidence to the themes tackled by the writer such as presenting the male discourse to be more impolite, powerful and more out spoken in comparison with that of females’ discourse in the selected text to prove the hypothesis of this study. The study concentrates on the applicability of Culpeper's (1996) impoliteness theory to the literary text of LBA and it is useful in explaining the dynamics of characters in literary discourse. This study has indicated that impoliteness in literary works is a field worthwhile to study which may add people’s understanding of language usage in literary environment. Consequently, the analysis results show that males do use impoliteness strategies in their dramatic dialogues to other characters in the play. However, the number of impoliteness strategies used by males is significantly greater than of impoliteness strategies used by females. Therefore, the results correspond with the hypothesis presented. The study is formed of five chapters. Chapter one presents the preliminary remarks, including an introduction, the hypothesis, the objectives, the scope of the study, the statement of the problem, the methodology and data. Chapter two covers the theoretical background about the theories of politeness; it also tackles the notion of impoliteness, the impoliteness theory proposed by Culpeper as being the tool of the analysis. Chapter three deals with ''impoliteness'' as seen through literary criticism that approaches the well - known dramatic conventions related to the topic in question. Chapter four is dedicated to the analysis of impoliteness strategies and sub - strategies in the play pragmatically; the chapter also shed lights on the discussion of the results. The study ends with the conclusions, followed by the bibliography

المنظور النسوي في رواية السيدة دالاوي للكاتبة فرجينيا وولف على وفق انموذج باربرا جونستون : قراءة اسلوبيـة في الخطاب الروائــي == THE FEMINIST PERSPECTIVE IN VIRGINIA WOOLF'S MRS. DALLOWAY IN TERMS OF BARBARA JOHNSTONE'S MODEL : A STYLISTIC READING IN THE .NOVELISTIC DISCOURSE

Author name: نور محمد نورالدين
Supervisor name: مجيد حميد جاسم | علاء عبد الحسين هاشم
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: الدراسة الحالية قراءة اسلوبية في الخطاب الروائي تتبنى انموذج باربارا جونستون الذي طبق لتحليل رواية السيدة دالاوي للكاتبة فرجينيا وولف من اجل تقصي وجود الخيارات الاربعة الخاصة بانموذج جونستون في الجوانب النسوية المختارة واستكشاف تاثيرها على مسار الرواية وتطور موضوعها وشخوصها.يتالف البحث من خمسة فصول، اثنان منها يمثلان الجانب النظري للرسالة. اما الفصول المتبقية فتمثل الجانب العملي الخاص بتحليل الجوانب المختارة من العمل الادبي اسلوبيا.يطرح الفصل الاول عرضا تمهيديا للدراسة باسرها, فيتضمن هذا الفصل فرضيات الدراسة وهدف الدراسة والخطوات الاجرائية للدراسة والنظرية والعمل الروائي والانموذج وحدود الدراسة وبعض الكلمات الدلالية فضلا عن عرض مقتضب للحداثة.تقدم الدراسة في الفصل الثاني خلفية نظرية للنظرية النسوية واتجاهاتها والحركة السحاقية والنقد الادبي النسوي. ثم عرض مقتضب عن الرواية والاسلوب القصصي للكاتبة يليه استعراض لانموذج جونستون وخياراته الاربعة (خيارات حول كيفية تمثيل الافعال والشخوص والاحداث وخيارات حول كيفية تمثيل الحالة المعرفية وخيارات حول كيفية التسمية واختيار الكلمات وخيارات حول كيفية التفاعل وتمثيل الاصوات الاخرى) فضلا عن اعطاء لمحة عن الدراسات والتحليلات السابقة التي قام بها باحثون مختلفون باستعمال العناصر الموظفة في الدراسة.اما الفصلين الثالث والرابع فقد كرسا لتحليل الرواية اسلوبيا. اذ تضمن كل فصل منهما تحليلا مفصلا لانموذج باربارا جونستون لكل جانب نسوي على حدة من خلال تقسيمها الى الحبكة الرئيسية والحبكة الثانوية في الرواية.وختاما, يقدم الفصل الخامس والاخير النتائج النهائية والمقارنات وبعض الاستنتاجات الخاصة بتحليل الجوانب النسوية محور الدراسة. فضلا عن تقديم بعض الاقتراحات للدراسات المستقبلية | The current study is a stylistic reading in the narrative discourse based on Barbara Johnstone's Model that is applied to analyse Virginia Woolf's selected novel Mrs. Dalloway and examine the four choices mechanisms of the model throughout each feminist aspect.The study comprises five chapters, two of which represent the theoretical background and the other chapters represent the practical part in which the novel is analysed with a conclusion supported with suggestions for further studies by the researcher.Chapter One presents preliminary remarks, including the aim of the study, the hypotheses of the study, the theory, the literary work, and the model, the procedures, the limits of the study, some key words, and some information about modernism. Chapter Two presents a theoretical background about the theory of Feminism, its origins and history, its waves, lesbianism and the feminist literary criticism followed by the exposition of Mrs. Dalloway's short introduction and the clarification of her style of writing. Then, the presentation of the four choices of Johnstone's model (choices about the representation of actions, actors, and events, choices about the representation of knowledge status, choices about naming and wording, and choices about incorporating and representing other voices) in details as well as giving some information about the previous studies accomplished by different scholars using one of the elements of this thesis.Chapters Three and Four are dedicated to the analysis of the feminist aspects in the novel stylistically. Each chapter is dedicated to show a clear and detailed analysis of Johnstone's Model dividing them into the feminist aspects included in the plot and the subplot.Finally, Chapter Five presents the final results, the comparisons, and the conclusions based on the analyses of the novel under study. The chapter also presents some suggestions for further studies.

تدريس الترجمة وحال تدريس الترجمة في الجامعات العراقية == Translation Teaching : An Assessment of The Departments of Translation of the Iraqi Universities

Author name: سعدون عبد لله جلبي
Supervisor name: علي مظلوم حسین
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Translation
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Literature - Translation Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: large number of students graduate every year from the departments of translation to start their prospective job with the sufficient knowledge. This knowledge is based on a myopic view of the translators training programs. These programs alert the use of translation as a tool of teaching the foreign language, but at the same time, intended to teach translation synchronously with teaching the foreign language. In the view of teaching translation, many educators and scholars shed light on the practical field of translation to describe and then to draw up a methodological map to be followed in translation programs. Approaches and models of teaching translation based on the perspectives of the literature were examined in this study to pave the way for the eclectic program. Two questionnaires of the teachers and the students of the departments of translation of University of Basra and University of Al - Mustansyriah have used as statistical means for approving the hypothesis of the study, as well as the annual report of the specialized committee of Iraqi translation departments of the concerning universities.The present study consists of seven chapters. Chapter one is an introduction to the basic assumptions of teaching translation in the undergraduate level. It tackles the problem, hypothesis, objectives, value, and procedures of the study. Chapter two tackles the perspectives of teaching translation. It comprises many aspects that shed light on the knowledge use, knowledge creation and knowledge transfer as well as how the knowledge could be constructed in a society. In another point of the second chapter, the light is focused on the translation competence and the way to teach translation to prepare competent translators.Chapter three is concerned with pedagogical issues that tackle the overlapping of the two disciplines of teaching translation and teaching the foreign language. It investigates the methods and approaches of teaching translation that go away from the classical ones.The shortcomings of the linguistic approach have been discussed in teaching translation as well as the importance of the social - constructivist approach has been showed. Chapter four examines the curriculum models of translation programs that are designed according to specific criteria. It shows the relationship between the changeable needs of the markets of translation and the teaching programs. Chapter five focuses on the analysis of the questionnaires and to scale the current program of the departments of translation of the Iraqi universities with the modern approaches and the modern curriculum models. It has two parts : the first one shows the research procedures carried out to investigate the teaching translation discipline, including the research instrument, population and sampling, reliability, and statistical means used in analyzing the results of the study. The second one shows the practical investigations and the analysis of the research instruments. Chapter six offers the eclectic program for the departments of translation of the Iraqi universities. It propounds a substitutional approach The Transtegrated Approach’ to be followed in teaching translation as well as a substitutional curriculum model that are going away from the overlapping of the two disciplines : the teaching translation and the teaching of the foreign language. The findings of this study are shown throughout the analysis of the teachers’ and students’ attitudes in the two questionnaires and throughout the analysis of the current curriculum of the departments of translation of the Iraqi universities. The Iraqi market of translation is investigated to draw up a general view of the future of translation in Iraq. In the last chapter the conclusions have been submitted to stand on the critical issues, as well as the recommendations that emphasize on translation as a science which should be taught separately and far away from the second language learning approaches. Further readings offered some books that consider translation as a part of semiotics, especially at the interpretation process.

دراسة فيزيائية للخصائص الصوتية لشخصيات الابطال والاشرار في افلام الكارتون == An Acoustic Study of Heroes and Villains' Voice Qualities in Cartoon Animations

Author name: جمعــــة شيال بـديـوي
Supervisor name: بلقيس عيسى كاطع الراشد
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Literature
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تجري هذه الدراسة تحليلا فيزيائيا لاصوات الابطال والاشرار في افلام الكارتون عبر فحص الخصائص الصوتية لكلا النوعين من الشخصيات. اعتمادا على الفرضية القائلة بان اصوات الاخيار والاشرار تمثل التوصيف الصوتي الشائع لكل من الشخص الخير والشخص الشرير في الحياة الواقعية. اظهرت الدراسات السابقة ان بصمة الصوت تحمل في طياتها العديد من المعلومات المتضمنة عن العمر والجنس والعرق والشخصية واللهجة والحالة الاجتماعية والمعاشية والعاطفية للمتكلم.عليه فان الدراسة الحالية تفحص الخصائص الفيزيائية المحددة لاصوات الابطال والاشرار وتنظر اذا ما كان هناك اي تشابه بين الاصوات ضمن النوع الواحد والتي بالتالي تسمح بفرز وتمييز الاخيار عن الاشرار. وبتطبيق نموذج تمييز الاشخاص المبني على اساس الصوت والذي يعتمد على النتائج التي توصلت لها الدراسات التي تبحث في مجال الادراك الاجتماعي، والتي اكدت على اننا كبشر عندما نقابل شخصا ما لاول مرة، فان هناك بعدين عالميين او شاملين للمعرفة الاجتماعية وهما : بعد الدفء وبعد الكفاءة او الاهلية. فيما يخص البعد الاول فانه يتضمن ميزات او صفات ترتبط بملاحظة او ادراك السريرة مثل الودية، الاستعداد للمساعدة، الاخلاص، الثقة، والاخلاق او الفضيلة. في حين ان البعد الثاني يشتمل على ميزات او صفات ترتبط بادراك القدرة او القابلية كالذكاء، المهارة، الابداع، الفعالية او الكفاية. وبعبارة اخرى، فان الناس يؤسسون انطباعات عن الاشخاص الغرباء اذا ما كانوا اصدقاء ام اعداء، واذا ما كان الشخص الغريب يمثل تهديدا او لا اولا، وهل لديه القدرة او القابلية على تنفيذ هذا التهديد ثانيا وذلك باستخدام استراتيجية اضرب او اهرب (الكر والفر). تقع الدراسة في ستة فصول. يقدم الفصل الاول تمهيدات الرسالة، ويعنى الفصل الثاني بتقديم نظرية بصمة الصوت وبعض المبادئ ذات العلاقة. في حين ان الفصل الثالث يسلط الضوء على العلامات والعناصر الواسمة في بصمة الصوت، اما الفصل الرابع فانه يعرض منهج البحث العلمي الذي طبقته الدراسة ويستعرض المواد الكارتونية والنظريات المتبناة وتسميات الشخصيات الكارتونية والبرامج الالكترونية او الحاسوبية المستخدمة وفرضيات البحث.اما الفصل الخامس فانه يعرض تحليلا لاصوات 44 شخصية بادءا بمتوسط ومعدل الانحراف للتردد الاساس (fundamental frequency) بالهيرتز(Hz)، ومتوسط ومعدل الانحراف لنطاق التردد الاساس بالسميتونز (semitones)، ثم يقوم بحساب قيم اول صفتين (formants) لثلاثة من اصوات العلة قي اللغة الانجليزية وهي صوت /ɪ/ وصوت /ə/ وصوت /ʊ/ . يتبع ذلك تحليلا بصريا للصور الطيفية (spectrograms) وتحويل فورييه السريع (fast fourier transform spectra) لكل من الابطال والاشرار. اما الفصل الخامس فيقدم الاستنتاجات والتوصيات والمقترحات.اثبتت الدراسة ان الاشرار البالغين ومن كلا الجنسين لديهم نطاق ترددي اوسع وتردد اساسي اوطا من الابطال. اما ما يخص تحليل صفات الصوت فقد اظهرت النتائج ان الابطال الذكور البالغين يميلون لاظهار قيم اعلى للصفة الاولى وقيم اوطئ للصفة الثانية، في حين ان قيم نفس الصفتين لاصوات الاشرار الذكور البالغين هي على العكس من ذلك. فئة الابطال الاناث البالغين تظهر قيم صفة اولى اعلى من الاشرار الاناث. باستثناء الصفة الاولى لصوت العلة /ɪ/ فان قيم الصفة الاولى للاشرار الاناث البالغين هي اعلى من قيم الاخيار. بالنسبة لفئة الاطفال، فان نتائج تحليل قيم فئة الاطفال الذكور الابطال والاشرار هي مشابهة لنتائج قيم الذكور البالغين الابطال والاشرار، في حين ان نتائج مقارنة قيم فئة الاطفال الاناث الابطال والاشرار تظهر نسخة معاكسة تماما لما جاء بنتائج مقارنة فئة الاناث الابطال والاشرار. ان نتائج الفحص البصري للصورة الطيفية ( التمثيل الصوري للصوت spectrograms ) اثبتت ان الاشرار يمتلكون نغمات او مناطق طاقة عليا اقوى من الاخيار مع استخدام صوت متوتر او مشدود (اجش او خشن). واخيرا، فان نتائج تحليل تحويل فورييه السريع ( FFT spectrums ) اثبتت ان الاشرار يظهرون اعلى قيم للذروة في منطقة 2500 - 3500 هيرتز. | This thesis studies heroes and villains' voices in anime by investigating the voice quality of each category acoustically, depending on the assumption that the voices of these two categories will represent the vocal stereotypes of good and bad guys in real life. Vocal stereotypes, that is, the consensual agreement among people in judging the other individual's personality attributions which is often inaccurate. Previous studies showed that voice quality carries many kinds of information about the speaker's age, sex, race, individual identity, dialect background, socio - economic status, personality, emotional state and other aspects. The study tries to investigate the specific acoustic characteristics of heroes and villains to find whether there are some similarities within each category which helps in discriminating heroes from villains. This is achieved by applying the voice - based person perception model which is introduced by Teshigawara in 2011 to study personality attributions depending on vocal features only. In this model Teshigawara introduced the two dimensions warmth and competence and their phonetic characteristics. People develop impressions on any stranger whether he is a friend or foe, whether he represents a threat or not using fight or flight strategy. This strategy is used by animals when an animal face another, it has to decide whether to fight or not after assessing the other animal's body size and aggression. The assessment process depends on the frequency code theory. Combining the voice - based person perception model with Ohala's frequency code theory which assumes that there is a cross species F0 function. A high F0 is indicates smallness, non threatening attitude and a desire for good will, whereas low F0 indicates largeness, threat and self confidence. By the assistant of the Cartesian coordinate which consist of two vertical and horizontal axes in mathematics. To achieve the above, this study investigates the voices of 44 characters' noise free portions using Praat software, starts with F0 means in Hz for both heroes and villains, F0 range in semitones, vowel formant frequencies specifically F1 and F2 for three English vowels namely, / ɪ /, / ə /, and / ʊ /, and applying visual spectrographic analysis for both heroes and villains with additional FFT spectra. The findings of this study are as follows : adult male and female villains have wider F0 ranges than adult heroes; adult male and female villains have lower mean F0s than those of heroes. Concerning formant frequency investigation, adult male heroes tend to show lower F1 and higher F2 in their speech, while adult male villains tend to express higher F1 and lower F2 in their voices. Female heroes record a higher F2 than female villains; except for F1 in / ɪ / vowel, adult female villains show that they have higher F1 values than heroes. With respect to child male heroes and villains, the results are similar to those of adult male heroes and villains, whereas child female heroes and villains results represent the opposite version of that of adult female heroes and villains. The results of the spectrographic analysis reveal that villains have strong upper harmonics and tend to express tense voice (i.e. harsh or creaky voice). Whereas, heroes have breathy or lax voice. Finally, the FFT spectra investigation show that villain voices have a peak at around 2500 - 3500 Hz.

استيعاب الطلاب للتميز على اساس الجنس في اللغة في الترجمة من اللغة الانجليزية الى اللغة العربية == Students' Realization of Language Sexism in English into Arabic Translation

Author name: زهراء رعد قاسم
Supervisor name: علاء حسين عودة
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: ان الترجمة المتعلقة بتحديد الجنس قد اصبحت من احدى التحديات التي يواجهها المترجمون عند التعامل مع اللغات التي تصنف الجنس بطرائق متعددة , وهذا يعود الى كون اللغات قد لا تختلف فقط بالطريقة التي تتبعها في تشفير فئة الجنس في الانظمة اللغوية المعجمية التابعة لها ولكن تختلف في ثقافاتهم ايضا والمتعلقة بمعنى الجنس. ان هذا الامر قابل للتطبيق في الترجمة بين اللغتين الانجليزية والعربية واللتين لا تختلفان فقط في طريقة تقديم الجنس في انظمتهما اللغوية ولكن ايضا في الطريقة التي يحملان فيها الاسماء ذات المحتوى الاجتماعي.ان الهدف من هذه الاطروحة هو اظهار الى اي مدى يمكن للايديولوجية اللغوية ان تلعب دورا في ترجمة طلبة الكليات العراقية للاسماء الانجليزية التي تشير الى المهن الى اللغة العربية. لقد تم اختبار خمسين طالبا وطالبة لغرض ترجمة ثلاثين جملة باللغة الانجليزية تحوي على اسماء مهن مختلفة مثل (دكتور) الى العربية. ان جنس كل كلمة غير محدد وغير مشار اليه كما في الجملة (هل استطيع التحدث معك يا دكتور)ان هذه الاطروحة تتكون من خمسة فصول : الفصل الاول يتضمن المقدمة والمشكلة والاهداف والفرضية والخطوات والحدود.الفصل الثاني يقوم بتعريف طريقة الترجمة وذلك عن طريق استكشاف الصلة بين الترجمة والتواصل والابداع والفلسفة والتطورات التي طرات على الترجمة والمعرفة والتعليم واكتساب اللغة.الفصل الثالث يعرض تاثير الجنس على اللغة من الناحية التي من خلالها يقوم الناس بتعريف او تحديد جنس الاشخاص وذلك من خلال نظريه وحركة المساواة وكذلك تحديد عدد من اللغات المنحازة او الحيادية كما ان هذا الفصل يشير الى علاقة الترجمة بالثقافة والجنس والهوية.الفصل الرابع يعرض الاجراءات وتحليل البيانات ويقوم بتفسير الطرائق والعينات وفضلا عن صحة الاختبار ودقته ويتطرق ايضا الى نتائج الدراسة ويستعرض بين طياته الاشكال والجداول التي تفسر جمع النتائج وماالذي تمثله هذه النتائج, بمعنى كيفية الحصول على النتيجة.الفصل الخامس يشتمل على الاستنتاجات والاقتراحات الخاصة بالدراسة. | Within the process of translation, Translators usually consider gender particularly when dealing with languages that pattern gender differently. Languages may not only differ greatly in the way they encode the category of gender in their lexical and grammatical systems but also in the expectations of their relevant cultures concerning what is meant by ' gender. This is applicable to translation between English and Arabic , which differ not only in how gender is rendered in their linguistic system, but also in the way they load nouns with social content. The aim of this thesis is to show the extent to which ideological considerations can play role when Iraqi college students translate English nouns referring occupations into Arabic. A test is given to fifty students of the Department of English at an advanced stage. The students are asked to translate thirty English sentences including occupational titles such as doctor’ into Arabic . The sex of each referent title is unknown, e.g. can I have a word with you , doctor?.In this thesis, chapter one presents the preliminaries that deal with the problem, the aims, the hypotheses, the procedures, the limits, and the significance of the study.Chapter two defines the process of translation exploring its connections to communication, creativity, philosophy, shifts of translation, cognition, teaching and language acquisition.Chapter three tackles the effect of sexism on language, in the sense of how people usually consider identifying the sex of individuals going through the feminist theory and movement also exploring some of the sexist languages around the world and which are gender biased and which are gender neutral. The chapter also investigates translation and gender, translation and culture, and translation and identity. Chapter four tackles the procedures as well as the data analysis. It explains the methods, the sample, the validity as well as the reliability of the test. Chapter five talks about the findings of the study. It contains tables and figures that explain how the findings of the study are collected and what they stand for, i.e. how is the outcome presented. Chapter six investigates the conclusions and the pedagogical implications of the study.

نحو تحسين القدرة التداولية لتخفيف الفشل في التواصل اللغوي عبر الثقافات المختلفة بالاشارة الى متعلمي اللغة الانكليزية العراقيين من ذوي المستوى المتقدم == Towards Enhancing Pragmatic Competence for Mitigating Cross - cultural Communication Breakdown with Reference to Advanced Iraqi EFL Learners

Author name: فاطمة عبد الحسين جابر
Supervisor name: جميل قاسم حميد
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: ظهرت التداولية كمجال لاهتمام الباحثين مؤخرا" نظرا لاهميتها في مجال تعليم اللغات والدراسات الثقافية. ان تدريس التداولية للغة الاجنبية توفر للطلاب فرصة ليصحبوا متكلمين بشكل افضل ويتجنبوا سوء التواصل. ان الدراسة الحالية تحاول التركيز على ضرورة تدريس التداولية الانكليزية في الصفوف العراقية لتعليم اللغة الانكليزية. تستند هذه الدراسة على اداتين رئيستين هما : استبيان لاساتذة اللغة الانكليزية واختبار اكمال الحوار المتعدد. وقد صمم الاستبيان لغرض جمع اراء اساتذة الجامعة عن اهمية التداولية في التعليم, واهمال التداولية, ومستوى قدرة التداولية للمتعلمين, وتنشيط التداولية في الصف, والفرص المتوفرة لاكتساب القدرة التداولية خارج الصف, وتدريس الادب والتداولية, والوسائل التعليمية لتدريس التداولية. اما الاختبار فقد صمم لتقييم القدرة التداولية لدى المتعلمين العراقيين للغة الانكليزية في اربعة من الافعال الخطابية وهي : الاعتذار والطلب والرد على الاطراء والرفض. تقع الدراسة في خمسة فصول, الفصل الاول التمهيدي يتناول مشكلة البحث والنظريات والهدف وحدود الدراسة وفائدتها العلمية والتربوية واجراءات تطبيق الاستبيان والتحليل والوسائل الاحصائية.اما الفصل الثاني والثالث فيشملان الاطار النظري للبحث اذ يتناولان التداولية والتواصل بين الثقافات وكيفية تدريس التداولية واهميتها للطالب والمعلم. والفصل الرابع يقع في جزاين : يشمل الجزء الاول منه اجراءات البحث وادواته المستعملة والصدق والثبات وعينة البحث والوسائل الاحصائية المتبعة في تحقيق النتائج .اما الجزء الثاني منه فيشمل تحليل النتائج. اما الفصل الخامس وهو الاخير يتعامل مع نتائج البحث المستخرجة من الجزء العملي. وقدم الباحث بعض التوصيات واقترح بعض الافكار والنقاط لغرض دراستها مستقبلا . اهم ما توصلت اليه الدراسة الحالية بعد تحليل النتائج هو ان اداء الطلاب كان ضعيفا في الاختبار مقارنة مع قدراتهم اللغوية العالية المحتملة. فضلا عن ذلك, يتفق كثير من الاساتذة بان التداولية يجب ان تحظى باهتمام اكثر في صفوف الادب واللغة اذ ان فوائدها تنعكس على ادراك الافضل للغة في التواصل الحقيقي والعمل الادبي. على الرغم من ان هناك العديد من التحديات التي سببت في اهمال التداولية, لا يزال هناك كثير من الحلول ليتم تطبيقها بوساطة الاساتذة او المتعلمين انفسهم لتطوير كفاءتهم التداولية | Recently, pragmatics appeared to be a field of interest for many researchers for its importance in the field of language teaching and cross - cultural studies. Studying the foreign language pragmatics provides learners with opportunities to become better communicators and avoid probable breakdowns. The present research attempts to focus on the necessity of teaching pragmatics in Iraqi EFL classrooms. There are two tools used in the research : the questionnaire and multiple discourse completion test (MDCT). The questionnaire was designed to collect data from university teachers’ opinion on pedagogic importance of pragmatics, pragmatic neglect, learners’ level of pragmatic competence, activating pragmatics in the class, opportunities for acquiring pragmatics out of the class, literature and pragmatics, and teaching aids for teaching pragmatics. MDCT was designed for assessing Iraqi EFL learners’ pragmatic performance in four most common speech acts as apology, request, compliment response, and refusal. The research consists of five chapters. Chapter one presents preliminaries of the research as the research problem, hypotheses, objectives, design, procedure, value and scope. Chapter two and chapter three provide the theoretical background of the research. These chapters deal with pragmatics and cross - cultural communication, teaching pragmatics, pragmatic instruction, teachers’ role, learners’ role, and teaching aids. Chapter four holds two parts. The first part sets the scene which encapsulates research method as the procedures, research tools, sampling, validity, reliability, and statistical means used in finding out the results of the research. The second part discusses the research results. Finally, chapter five displays the conclusions, and some possible recommendations has been given by the researcher in addition to some suggestion for further research. There are some main conclusions drawn from analysis of the results. The learners’ performance in the test indicates that they have low pragmatic competence as compared to their supposedly high linguistic knowledge. In addition, most teachers agree that pragmatics needs to receive more attention in literature and language classes as its advantages will be reflected in better understanding the language in a real communication or a literary work. Though there are a number of challenges that cause neglecting such an important aspect of linguistics, there are still many solutions that can be adopted by the teachers or the learners themselves for improving their pragmatic ability

انماط المعجمة لافعال الحركة في اللغة الانجليزية واللغة العربية : دراسة لسانية ادراكية لمفهوم الفضاء والحركة في اللغة == Lexicalisation Patterns of Motion Verbs in English and Arabic : A Cognitive Linguistic Study of Space and Motion in Language

Author name: علي محمد حسين
Supervisor name: عادل عبد الامير الثامري
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Applied Linguistics
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: يعد كلا من مفهومي الحدث الحركي للفعل والفضاء الذهني ظاهرتين مركزيتين في اصول علم اللغة الادراكي، لانهما من اساسيات التجربة والادراك في حياة الفرد اليومية. ومن الفرضيات اللغوية ان كل لغة تختلف عن اللغات الاخرى في اساليب التعبير عن الحركة، وهذا يؤكد ان مفهوم الحدث الحركي يخضع للتفكير الفضائي للانسان، والى التنوع اللغوي الذي تظهره اللغات، فضلا عن ان تركيب الحدث الحركي الاساسي له تمثيل وصورة ذهنية متمركزة داخل العقل البشري، وبمعنى اخر ان الاطار الادراكي لمعنى المفاهيم الحركية المجردة للفعل تكون متمعجمة في اغلب لغات العالم. اما الفضاء فهو مفهوم لغوي مركب يكون مبنيا على التداخل بين اللغة والادراك، وقد تعاملت المداخل السابقة مع الفضاء بكونه موقعا فيزيائيا للكيان المتحرك، لكن علم اللغة الادراكي ينظر الى الفضاء بوصفه تمثيلا ذهنيا - فيزيائيا للكيان، وبذلك يكون الفضاء داخل البشر وحوله.ومن خلال نظريته، يقسم (تالمي) اللغات الى قسمين : اللغات التي تعتمد على الفعل في الافصاح عن الحركة، واللغات التي تعتمد على لواحق الفعل في الافصاح عن الحركة، وعلى وفق هذه النظرية يتكون الحدث الحركي الاساسي من الجسم المتحرك والموقع الذي تنتهي اليه حركة الجسم والمسار والحركة التي تتمثل باحد افعال الحركة، فضلا عن ان الحدث الحركي يكون مقيدا بالتركيب اللغوي السطحي (النحوي)، والتركيب الدلالي، والتركيب الادراكي المتجسد في الذهن البشري.وتهدف الرسالة الى دراسة اساليب التعبير عن الحدث الحركي وطرق ادراكه عبر الفضاء في اللغتين الانجليزية والعربية، وتتناول الدراسة افعال الحركة والحدث الحركي في هاتين اللغتين عبر مدخل ادراكي يحاول اثارة الاسئلة التالية : هل يشكل المتحدث المعنى الفضائي بطريقة متشابهة او متباينة؟ وهل هناك متشابهات حقيقية بين اللغة الانجليزية واللغة العربية فيما يتعلق بادراك الحدث الحركي؟ وهل تعبر اللغة الانجليزية عن الحدث الحركي عن طريق الفعل او لواحق الفعل، او بالطريقتين معا؟ وهل تعد اللغة العربية من اللغات التي تعتمد على الفعل في التعبير عن الحركة؟ وكيف تتباين اللغات التي تعتمد على لواحق الفعل عن تلك اللغات التي تعتمد على الفعل في التعبير عن الحركة؟وكي نجيب عن هذه الاسئلة اتبعت الدراسة بعض الاجراءات المنهجية وهي : جمع العينات اللغوية الخاصة باللغة الانجليزية والعربية، وتحليل عملية الادراك وانماط المعجمة لافعال الحركة في هاتين اللغتين، ومحاولة التحلليل الادراكي لافعال الحركة والحدث الحركي في اللغتين الانجليزية والعربية، ثم التوصل الى استنتاجات حول كيفية تمعجم الحدث الحركي ادراكيا في هاتين اللغتين.وعلى ضوء تحليل العينات توصلت الدراسة الى بعض الاستنتاجات اهمها : ان الحدث الحركي في هاتين اللغتين يتكون من الجسم المتحرك والموقع الذي تنتهي اليه حركة الجسم، والمسار، والحركة، كما ان هاتين اللغتين تستطيعان التعبير عن الحدث الحركي من دون المسار والموقع الذي تنتهي اليه حركة الجسم، ويؤكد هذا ان المسار والموقع الذي تنتهي اليه حركة مكونان غير اساسيين في تركيب وادراك الحدث الحركي في هاتيين اللغتين.اما بالنسبة الى الاختلافات الكامنة بين اللغتين، فنرى ان اللغة الانجليزية تستطيع التعبير عن الحدث الحركي بواسطة الفعل ولواحق الفعل، بينما تكتفي اللغة العربية بالتعبير عن الحدث الحركي بواسطة الفعل فقط. ويتكون المسار في اللغة الانجليزية من ثلاث مكونات هي : الناقل، والمشكل، والمؤشر، بينما يتالف المسارفي اللغة العربية من الناقل فقط. ان اللغة العربية لاتمعجم ظاهرة التشخيص بالفعل عندما يتبادل المشتركون في حدث الفعل نفسه من اجل القيام بهذا الحدث، وكذلك ظاهرة التكافؤ بالنسبة لافعال الحركة والتي يتحدد من خلالها الفاعل النحوي للفعل والمفعول به وامكانية جعل المفعول به يحل محل الفاعل والفاعل محل المفعول به ليعبر عن الحدث الحركي من دون التغير في المعنى | The Motion event and space are two central phenomena in cognitive linguistics because they are primary in human experience and cognition. Linguistically speaking, the world's languages differ in the way they express the Motion event. The Motion event is subject to human spatial thinking and to crosslinguistic variations. In addition, the construction of a basic Motion event has a mental structure in the human mind, i.e. it provides a cognitive framework to the meaning of abstract domains, and it is lexicalised in all the world's languages. Space is a complex linguistic domain based on the interaction between language and cognition. In the previous approaches to linguistics, space is treated as the physical location of an entity (e.g. X locates to Z), but, in CL, space is considered a mental representation; that is, in addition to being physical, space always presents round and inside humans. Talmy’s (2000b) Lexicalisation Patterns theory divides languages into two systems : verb - framed languages and satellite - framed languages. The verb - framed languages express the Motion event through the Path that appears in the verb root, while the satellite - framed system expresses the Motion event via the Path that appears in the satellite. According to this theory, the basic Motion event consists of the Figure, the Ground, the Path, and the Motion. This basic Motion event is determined by the surface structure (the linguistic or grammatical structure) and the semantic structure. Furthermore, it has a cognitive structure in the human mind. The present study aims at investigating how the Motion event is expressed and conceptualised in standard English and standard Arabic along space. This thesis studies the Motion verbs and the Motion event in these two languages from a cognitive perspective throughout arising questions like : do users of these language construct spatial meaning in a similar or different way?, are there real similarities between English and Arabic as far as the conceptualisation of the Motion event is concerned?, Is English a satellite - framed or a verb - framed language, or both?, Is Arabic a verb - framed language?, and how do satellite - framed languages differ from verb - framed languages in the expression and construction of the Motion event?. To answer such questions, the study follows certain procedures such as collecting data, analysing conceptualisation and lexicalisation patterns of Motion verbs in the two languages, analysing cognitively the Motion verbs and the Motion event in English and Arabic, drawing conclusions on how these two languages lexicalise the Motion events.Throughout the analysis of the data of English and Arabic, the study arrives at some conclusions like : the basic Motion event both in English and Arabic consists of four components, the Figure, the Ground, the Path, and the Motion, both English and Arabic can express the Motion event without a Path and Ground; this ascertains the fact that the Path and Ground are not necessary components in the construction and conceptualisation of the Motion event in the two languages, English is both a satellite - framed language and a verb - framed language, while Arabic is a verb - framed language, the Path in English is of three main components, the Vector, the Conformation, and the Deictic, whereas in Arabic, it consists of the Vector only, the material of the Co - event in English and Arabic can conflate onto the two deep verbs BELOC and MOVE and onto certain mid - level verbs, Arabic neither lexicalises the parameter of personation in which two participants involved in certain actions of Motion nor the focusing property of a verb, valence, etc

نحو مزيد من التاكيد على الاصغاء الاستيعابي كضرورة للكفاءة الشفوية في المدارس الاعدادية في العراق == Towards More Emphasis on Aural Comprehension as a Prerequisite for Oral Proficiency at the Iraqi Secondary Schools

Author name: خنساء جبار مرهون
Supervisor name: جميل قاسم حميد
General topic: Foreign Languages
Specific topic: English - Language
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Human Sciences - Department Of English Language
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Teaching listening comprehension plays a vital role in second language learning in which it is the basis for the future acquisition of other language skills : speaking , reading and writing. In spite of its significant role, listening skill has long been allocated slight attention in research, teaching, and assessment. The main goal of this investigation is to shed light on the effect of listening skill as a way to improve and achieve success in oral communication. The present study aims to investigate teachers' abilities in teaching listening skill through piloting three main instruments : First, by exploring teachers' productivity in teaching listening through conducting questionnaire for the teachers of English at the secondary stage in Basra governorate. Second , conducting teachers' questionnaire which was supported by the observation checklist so as to have a close look at the teachers' abilities in using the proper techniques for teaching listening skill. Third, as a supplementary instrument_ a focused interview was carried out with the supervisors of English in Basra Governorate concerning integration of teaching listening skill with teaching English in everyday classroom. Particularly, these supervisors have ample insights on teachers' efficiency in teaching listening skill through their continuing observations of the teachers of English throughout the whole academic year. The study consists of five chapters. Chapter one is an outline of the study; it tackles the problem, hypotheses, objectives, value, scope and procedures of the study. Chapter two comprises basic concepts concerning listening comprehension : importance, negligence, a historical overview of teaching listening, factors affecting listening skill, types of listening and the current situation of teaching listening in Iraq. Chapter three deals with the psychology of listening competence : cognitive processes and the strategies that can be used to enhance listening comprehension. Chapter four has two dimensions : the first dimension shows the research procedures followed to investigate teachers' abilities in teaching listening including the research instruments, sampling, validity, reliability, and the statistical means used in finding out the results of the study. The second one demonstrates the practical investigations and the analysis of the research instruments. Chapter five offers the conclusions of the study which are related to the theoretical and the practical parts accompanied with brief educational recommendations for teachers of English and the educational authority at the Ministry of Education. On the basis of the outcomes obtained from the teachers' questionnaire, the observation checklist and the focused interview with the supervisors of English, the study shows that most of the secondary teachers of English lack adequate knowledge, experience and time concerning teaching listening skill in the prescribed curricula. Besides, there is a significant difference between trained teachers and untrained teachers in teaching listening skill which shows the effect of training courses in increasing teachers' abilities in teaching English. Moreover, the research survey sheds light on the causes that contribute to teachers' inadequacy in teaching listening such as insufficient time for teaching listening, the necessity for special labs for teaching English and the inadequate use of the audio aids in teaching listening skill.

تحضير دايهايدروبريدونات جديدة مشتقة من ثنائي دي ميثوكسي كركمين تحت تاثير اشعة المايكروويف ودراسة فعاليتها البايولوجية QSAR كمضادات تاكسد باستخدام حذر DPPH == Synthesis of novel dihydropyridinones from bisdemethoxycurcumin under microwave irradiation and Studying of their Biological Activity (QSAR) as Antioxidant using DPPH radical

Author name: وسام عبد الحسن راضي
Supervisor name: بهجت علي سعيد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - Faculty Of Education
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

تحضير ودراسة تحليلية لبعض الاصباغ الازوية الزئبقية ومعقداتها مع النحاس الثنائي == Synthesis and Anaytical Study of Some Mercuried Azo Dyes and Their Complexes With Cupper (II)

Author name: حوراء خليل ابراهيم الاسدي
Supervisor name: اسعد عبود علي | طارق علي فهد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - Faculty Of Education
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The study to prepare five new azodyes, were derived from paracetamol and elemental mercury as a main part with each of thecompounds : 1) 2 - Amino - 5 - Sulfonic acid phenyl mercury (II) chloride.2) 2 - Amino - 5 - Acetyl phenyl mercury (II) chloride.3) 2 - Amino - 5 - Carboxy phenyl mercury (II) chloride.4) 2 - Amino 5 - Nitro Phenyl mercury (II) chloride.5) 2 - Amino - 5 - Sulfamide phenyl mercury (II) chloride.The study is divided into three parts, the first part includes the preparation of dyes (L1, L2, L3, L4, L5) of colors (pastel orange, red bloody, red bloody, deep orange, red bloody), respectively, and have the general chemical formula : X : SO3H (L1), COCH3 (L2), COOH (L3), NO2 (L4), SO2NH2 (L5) The spectral study was to identify the max. Wavelengths of the dyes is (500,330,300,380,500 nm), respectively. The effect of pH on absorption spectra electronic of dyes has been prepared and studied at the extent of the visible region of wavelengths (200 - 600 nm) using buffer solutions of different pH (0.7 - 12). PDF created with pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com The ionization constant hydroxyl group for the Paracetamol and some derivatives of aniline are used in the interaction and protonation constants Nitrogen atoms of the azo dyes were calculated by using the half height method. The second part included the study of spectral complexes dyes (L1, L5) with copper (II) and the color of the complexes resulting from(red), were identified optimum conditions for the composition of these complexes as selection of the max. Wavelength and was (520,530 nm), respectively. The pH effect, time effect, size buffer, type buffer and the effect of sequence of addition, were studied stiochiometrey of formed complexes were carried out using molar ratios and continuous variation methods.The results showed that the complexes are composed by (1 : 2) (metal : Ligand).As well as, the study examined the applicability of the Beer’s law of the Beer and sensitive way spectral azodyes (L1, L5) with copper(II) and identified the maximum values of the concentrations of copper(15.25, 11.43 ppm) and the values of molar absorptivity ( e ) (7302.3, 6079.3) L.mol - 1.cm - 1, specific specific absorptivity (a) (0.1149, 0.0956 ml.g - 1.cm - 1), Sandell sensitivity(S) (0.0087, 0.0104) mg cm - 2, standard Deviation (S.D) (0.0215, 0.026), Detection Limit (DL) (0.76, 0.596 mg ml - 1) respectively. The study showed the interference of some important ions which may interfere and affect the values of absorption complexes under study in addition calculate of stability constants of these complexes using the method of corresponding solutions containing a half values method.Infrared spectroscopy were taken for both azo dyes and complexes (L1, L5) with copper (II), it is clearly that the spectrum from the observation sites and the intensity of the absorption of effective groups have differed PDF created with pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com between dyes and their complexes. In addition these dyes were identified by H1 NMR. The final part of the study included the applications ligands prepared and it is possible to use the dye solution (L1) as indicator in strong (acid - base) titration between hydrochloric acid and sodium hydroxide in addition to use ligands (L1, L5) as inhibitors for corrosion of carbon steel (N - 80) in hydrochloric acid. The rate of corrosion was measured by weight loss method.

تحضير وتشخيص بعض المركبات الميزوجينية ودراسة تاثير التراكيب اجيئي على صفاتها البلورية السائلة == Synthesis and Characterization of Some mesogenic Compounds and Study the Effect of molecular Structure on their liquid ?? crystalline properties

Author name: مروة عدنان ناصر الامين
Supervisor name: عهود جبار عبيد الحمداني
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - Faculty Of Education
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis consist of three chapters : The first are contains of the general characteristics , classification, structure and mesomorphic properties of liquid crystals.The second chapter describes the synthesis of two series of Schiff bases and the compounds 1 - 5 and which have the general formulas : R=CnH2n+1 n=1 - 10 3 - hydroxy - 4 - (p - tolylimino)methyl)phenyl4 - (alkyl thio)benzoate R=CnH2n+1 n=2 - 6,8 4 - ((4 - acetyl pheenylimino)methyl) - 3 - hydroxyphenyl 4 - (alkylthio) benzoate 3 - hydroxy - 4 - (p - tolylimino)methyl)phenyl 4 - mercaptobenzoate 4((p - tolylimino)methyl)phenyl4 - (alkylthio)benzoate 4 - ((4 - acetyl pheenylimino)methyl) - 3 - hydroxyphenyl 4 - ( octayloxy)benzoate 4 - ((4 - acetyl pheenylimino)methyl) phenyl 4 - (heptythio)benzoate 4 - hydroxy - 3 - (p - tolylimino)methyl)phenyl 4 - mercaptobenzoat The characterization of the above prepared compounds was a chieved by 1H,13C,DEPT - NMR, IR as well as elemental analysis.The third chapter contains the study of liquid crystalline properties of the prepared compound using polarized optical microscope (POM) and differential scaning colametry (DSC).The Results of the above study revealed that both series [I] and series [II] as well as the compound 2 - 4 a nemac phase of marbled texture with heang and schl ier en wi th cool ing except comp ound 1 and 2 changed to the liquid phase directly .while series [II] shows a smectic phase in addition to the nematic phase of focal conic shape with heating and battonets with cooling .

تقدير مستويات بعض العناصر النزرة وانزيم الكلوتاثيون بيروكسيديز في دم مرضى حصاة الكلى في محافظة البصرة - العراق == Estimation Levels of Some Trace Elements and Glutathion Peroxidase in The Blood of Patients Infected Kidney Stones in Basrah Governorate - iraq

Author name: نور حامد فيصل
Supervisor name: بيداء حسين علي العزاوي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The current study aimed to find relationship between some of biochemical variables with kidney stone patients and study the effectiveness of antioxidants (Zinc Zn,Selenium Se,Glutathion peroxidase GPx) and Calcium Ca ,Magnesium Mg and Cupper Cu. The samples were collected from Lithotripsy center in Basrah General Hospital and samples were selected from 104 patients with stones (55male and 49 female) their age ranged between (12 - 67) and 70 healthy people (40 male and 30 female) their age ranged between (17 - 65).The result were : 1 - Highly significant decreasing in patients in the level of zinc (p˂0.01) compared with healthy people. 2 - Significant decreasing or increasing was observed in level of Cu in patients compared with healthy people.3 - Highly significant in patients in the level of calcium p˂0.01 compared with healthy people.4 - Highly significant decreased in level of Mg p˂0.01 in patient compared with healthy.5 - highly significant decrease was observed in Se in patients compared with healthy people p˂0.01 6 - highly significant decrease was observed in GPx in patients compared with healthy people p˂0.01 7 - Presence positive correlation between antioxidants (Zn,Se and GPx) and negative correlation between (Zn,Cu) and negative correlation between (Ca,Mg).

تحضير وتشخيص مثبطات تاكل جديدة من اعادة تدوير بولي اثلين ترفثاليت وتقييم كفاءتها في تثبيط تاكل الصلب الكربوني في الوسط الحامضي == Preparation and Characterization of New Corrosion Inhibitors from Polyethylene Terphthalate (PET) and Study its efficientcy As to Inhibit the Corrosion of Carbon Steel in Acidic Media

Author name: منتظر فريد الاسدي
Supervisor name: مؤيد نعيم خلف
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The research included synthesis ,characterization and evaluation of new corrosion inhibitors(bis(2 - hydroxy ethyl) thioterphthalte and bis(2 - hydroxyethyl)terephthalate from recycled waste polyethylene terephthalate . The best percent of the two corrosion inhibitors were reached after many experiments, which included study many factors like temperature, catalyst , the equivalent weight of reactants and others. The synthesized corrosion inhibitors were characterized by FTIR spectroscopy . The two inhibitors were evaluated as corrosion inhibitors using sulfuric acid as corrosion media for carbon steel( carbon steel C1010) . The factors effect on the rate of corrosion like temperature , concentration of inhibitor were studied by the electrochemical technique using the Tafel plot. The obtained results at temperatures range ( 298, 308,318,328 K) were used to calculate many factors that determined the efficiency of the inhibitor like corrosion rate , charge transfer resistance and inhibitor efficiency. it was observed that the corrosion rate and charge transfer of the carbon steel for the inhibitors increases with increase of temperature and decreases with increase of the inhibitor concentration in the same temperature. The Results showed that both inhibitors had very high inhibition in reducing the corrosion rate . The inhibition efficiency reached (96%) for the bis(2 - hydroxy ethyl) thioterphthalate for the 24ppm and (91%) for the bis (2 - hydroxy ethyl) terephthalate for the 25ppm .Many thermodynamics functions was calculated ,activation energy a ,entropy S , enthalpy  and free energy G during the different experiment conditions ,which was indicated of the corrosion inhibition efficiency and the type of the inhibition. The obtained results showed that the two inhibitors were very efficient to reduce the corrosion rate in the acidic media and from the G data the type of adsorption was chemical because the value of Gads was higher than (20 KJ/mol) .

تحضير وتشخيص وتقييم بعض معقدات قواعد شف لايوني النحاس والموليبدينوم كمثبطات تاكل لسبيكة حديد الصلب الكربوني في الوسط الحامضي == Preparation, Characterization and Evaluation of Some Schiff Base’s Complexes of Copper and Molybdenum Ions as Corrosion Inhibitors for Carbon Steel Alloy in Acidic Medium

Author name: محمد علي مهدي الحلفي
Supervisor name: زكي ناصر كاظم | هادي زيارة محمد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: In this study, two types of Schiff base were prepared as ligands L1, L2, by reaction of an equal number of moles of tris(hydroxymethyl) methyl amine with salysildehyde and vanillin in a methanolL1 : ((E) - 2 - ((2 - hydroxybenzylidene) amino) - 2 - (hydroxymethyl) propane - 1,3 - diol) L2 : ((E) - 2 - ((4 - hydroxy - 3 - methoxybenzylidene) amino) - 2 - (hydroxymethyl) propane - 1,3 - diol).The Cu(II) and Mo(VI) complexes were prepared to produce the : - A1 : tetrakis(μ3 - 2 - {[1,1 - bis(hydroxymethyl) - 2 - oxidoethyl] iminomethyl} - phenolato) tetrakis [aqua copper(II)].A2 : tetrakis(μ3 - 2 - {[1,1 - bis(hydroxymethyl) - 2 - oxidoethyl] iminomethyl} - 2 - meth - oxy} - phenolato) tetrakis [aqua copper(II)].B1 : (E) - 2 - methyl - 2 - ((2 - ((methyl(l1 - oxidanyl) dioxomolybdenio) oxy) benzylidene) amino) propane - 1,3 - diol).B2 : (E) - 2 - ((4 - hydroxy - 3 - ((methyl(l1 - oxidanyl) dioxomolybdenio) (methylene) - l4 - oxidanyl) benzylidene) amino) - 2 - methyl) propane - 1,3 - diol).The ligands and complexes were characterized by Fouries transformer infrared FTIR, UV and NMR techniques.All these techniques insisted that the ligands and their complexes were prepared successfully.On the other hand, the four complexes A1, B1, A2 and B2 were evaluated as corrosion inhibitors against a corrosive environment of 0.1M of hydrochloric acid at constant temperature of 25°C and different concentration for each one of the above complexesIIrange (10 - 50) ppm and it has been found that the efficiency of inhibition at a temperature 25℃ are not highly efficient, the KI was added in order to increase the efficiency of these inhibitors values to these inhibitors.The inhibition efficiency for all inhibitors was increased in presence of KI compared with the absence of it.On the other hand, the complexes of copper i.e., A1 and A2 have higher efficiency than molybdenum complexes i.e. (B1 and B2) this can be attributed to the ability of copper ion (II) to donate the electron density to the ligand by back donation competence these behaviour compared with molybdenum ion (VI) that has not the ability that present in copper ion, Also studied the effect of concentration of the inhibitor prepared in other temperatures change separately and these grades are within the range (35 - 55) ℃ has been observed that efficiency does not increase either the existence of KI with the inhibitor, or without, but the decreasing efficiency with increasing temperature, means that the inhibitor adsorbed physically on carbon steel alloy.The functions thermodynamic adsorption such as free energy, enthalpy and entropy were studies depending on the adsorbent layer θ on the surface of the carbon steel alloy. The data was shown all the complexes are subject to model for Langmuir adsorption was shows the free energy negative values means that the interaction is spontaneous and notes total increasing of the temperature less than the negative value of the free energy leading to towards the is non - spontaneous. The negative values of enthalpy means that the interaction is exothermic, the negative value of the entropy of adsorption ΔSads and gradually moving toward positive values with a high temperature means that the random was less in high temperature. Also the kinetics of corrosion in the absence and present of the inhibitor was studied with KI in (0.1) M HCl. The activation energy and other thermodynamic function such as enthalpy and entropy and free energy was shown that the higher activation energy in presence inhibitor and it was higher in presence of KI with inhibitor. This is an indication that the interaction of corrosion is small in the presence of these inhibitors.

تحضير بعض صبغات الازو المشتقة من البروكائين ودراسة امتزازها بالكاربون المنشط المحضر من نوى النبق المحلي == Synthesis of some azo dyes derived from Procaine and study the adsorption of these dyes by activated carbon prepared from local Z.spina - christi fruits pits

Author name: عبد الله عبد اللطيف عبد الله الخلف
Supervisor name: طارق زباري جاسم
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Activated carbon was prepared from Ziziphus Spina - Chisti fruit pits, which is locally available in Iraq, the purpose of this study is to search for surface that are highly applicable for dye adsorption to treat the pollution of aqueous solution in nature.Four azo dyes were synthesized in our laboratory from the reaction of Prodain Hydrochloride with Cromotropic acid, Pyridoxal Hydrochloride, Pyridoxine and 4 - Amino - 5 - hydroxy naphthalene - 2,7 - disalphonic acid via diazonium ions. UV - Visible and FT - IR spectra, characterized these dyes (D1, D2, D3 and D4).The different variable affecting the adsorption capacity of the activated carbon prepared such as contact time, initial dye concentration in feed solution, pH of the medium, weight of adsorbent and temperature were investigated on a batch process mode.Spectroscopic technique was used for the measurement of dyes before and after adsorption. The optimum contact time to attain equilibrium is (6)hr, the maximum percentage removal for D1&D4 occurred at pH 4 while D2 at pH 11 and D3 at pH 6.1. Ar =II The experimental data of adsorption were fitted to two different isotherms, namely Langmuir and Freundlich these isotherms equation were applied at different temperatures. The results obtained showed that the Freundlich isotherm equation is better fitted to the experimental data than the Langmuir isotherm equation. The adsorption kinetic was found to follow the pseudo second order kinetic expression

تحضير مدعم بالاشعة المايكروية ودراسة الفعالية البكتيرية لقواعد شف المشتقة من 4 - كلوروبنزالديهايد مع بعض الاحماض الامينية وتحضير بعض معقداتها == Microwave - Assisted Synthesis and antibacterial activity of som Schiff bases derived from 4 - chlorobenzaldehyde with some amino acids and their complexes

Author name: رغد كاطع عبد الصاحب
Supervisor name: قحطان عبد عسكر | بشرى كامل جدوع
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis is concerned with the synthesis of some Schiff bases derived from condensation of selected α - amino acid ( glycine , alanine , phenyl alanine , valine, and threonine ) with 4 - chlorobenzaldehyde by using microwave irradiation as shown in the general equation : Some complexs derived from these Schiff bases with some transition metal (Co++, Cd++, Ni++, Zn++, Cu++) tow types of complexes were obtained , the first kind of complexes suggested to be which have octahedral structure possess and the proposedfollowing structure : While the second kind of complexes which have tetraheadral structure possess following structure : All ligands and their complexes have been characterized by IR, CHN elemented analysis thermal gravimetry analysis(Tg) .The H1NMR studies were done by DMSO as solvent . The mass technique was used to record the mass spectra which showed [M+] ions at the proposed [M.W] confirming the expected molecular weights .The analytical data showed that the Schiff bases can act as bidentate Ligand using the N - isomethinc and O - carboxylate with ratio 2 : 1 (L : M) while complex show that the ratio was 3 : 1 (L : M) and have octahedral structure possess the proposed following structure : The low molar conductance of the complexes indicate that they are non - electrolyte and neutral .The antimcroble activity of Schiff bases and their complexes were tested against two types of bacteria (Staphylococcus aureus (+) , Aeromonas hydrophila ( - ) ). and the results showed that some of them have an excellent or moderate antibacterial activity

تحضير وتشخيص ودراسة تحليلية - طيفية لبعض اصباغ السلفا الجديدة == Synthesis, Characterization and Analytical - Spectral Study of some New Sulfa Dyes

Author name: رجاء حسین فیاض
Supervisor name: اسعد عبود علي | فاطمة مھدي الجابري
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Including preparation of six new symmetrical azodyes of selfa compounds ( sulfaguanidine , sulfanilamide and sulfadiazine , A1 - A3 respectively ) and ( mercuration of sulfaguanidine , sulfadiazine and sulfanilamide , B1 - B3 respectively ) by oxidative - coupling reaction of sulfa compounds and their mercuration with oxidizing agent ( 1,2 - nephthaquinone - 4 - methoxy ) . The color of prepared azodyes were orange to orange - redish with melting points ranges ( 275 - 312 oC ). The azodyes were characterized by C H N , FT - IR , H NMR and TG analysis. The electronic spectra of azodyes were showed max. wavelength range ( 440 - 460 nm. ).The acid - base properties were studied at pH values in the range of ( 0.7 - 12 ), the electronic spectra of azodyes were scanned at wavelength range of ( 350 - 600 nm. ) . The isopestic point of each dye were fixed and the protonation and ionization constants were determined by half - height method. The effect of solvents of different polarities on the azodyes spectra was also studied . From that spectra it was found that most of solvents no effect except for polar solvent like DMF ,which showed a light red shift ( that may be for the hydrogen bonding between dye and solvent ) . From the relation of max. wavelength and dielectric parameter of each dye , it was found that linearity or slightly deviation of linearity in case of polar solvent . That means the major effect is dielectric constant of the solvent The second subpart : The ability of using all prepared azodyes as acid - base indicators ( strong acid with strong base and weak acid with strong base ). The results were compared with that obtained from the recommended method . It was found that no significant observed between the two methods by using of relative error .The last subpart : Including complex formation between two of studied azodyes ( A1 & A3 ) with Ni2+ by forming 1 : 2 ( M : L ) complexes by aid of molar ratio method.The optimum conditions were studied which including ( the effects of , time , pH , sequence of addition and interferences ). The spectra of two complexes showed a red shift from their azodyes . The obeyness of Beer's law , molar absorbtivity coefficient , sandel resistivity , relative error , relation coefficient and detection limit were all determined . The effect of foreign ions with concentrations of ( 1 - fold , 5 - fold and 10 - fold ) on the absorbance of the complexes was also studied . The overall stability constants ( β1 & β2 ) of Niazodyes complexes were determined by using corresponding solutions method which including half - height method . The complexes were also characterized by C H N and FT - IR .Part two : Including simple , easy and sensitive spectrophotometric method for the microdetermination of sulfa and mercurated salfa compounds in aqueous solution and pharmaceutical compounds .This method depends on the oxidative - coupling between the reagent hydroxyl nephthaline - 4 - sulphonic acid in strong acid medium by forming colored imine - quinone dyes in max. wavelength ran ( 480 - 510 nm.). The optimum conditions which including ( volume of reagent , volume and kind of the oxidizing agent , volume and kind of the acid , sequence of additions , time effect and temperature effect ) . The electronic spectra of the dyes were carried on in the range of ( 350 - 600 nm.).This method was applied pharmaceutical compounds ( Tablets and Creams ) that containing sulfadiazine .It was found there are no significant difference between results of this method and the composition of the sulfa drugs , that observed from calculated relative rror.By the aid of C.H.N. , FT - IR and stoichiometry ( molar ratio method ) of forming the complexes, the chemical structure of the complexes Ni2+ and A1 & A3 dyes were suggested .

دراسة التاثير المخفض - المضاد لفرط سكرالدم للمركبات الكيميائية الفعالة المعزولة من النبات الطبي العراقي شوك البحر == Study of Hypoglycemic Antihyperglycemic Action of Active Chemical Compounds Isolated from Iraqi Prosopis juliflora Medicinal Plant

Author name: جمال حربي حسين السعدي
Supervisor name: عباس دواس مطر المالكي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Diabetes mellitus is a disorder in glucose sugar metabolism process becauseof different reasons.leading to a great damage in body systems , therefore medicinalplants were used successfully to treat this disease .The current study was carried outIraqi prosopis juliflora to determine and investigate its hypoglycemic action in bloodof normalglycemic and alloxan induced hypoglycemic rabbits. Many generalextracts were prepared from Iraqi prosopis juliflora pod and leaves ,they are hotaqueous ,cold aqueous ,hot alcoholic ,cold alcoholic ,oils, ethyl acetate and dichloromethane extract .Moreover , some chemical families were isolated from this plantsuch as phenols ,glycosides , flavonoids , tannins ,alkaloids and saponnins.Preliminary qualitative tests were carried out for all prepared extracts thenhypoglycemic and fasted alloxan - induced hyperglycemic rabbits to know activitythese extracts in decreasing blood glucose levels in these rabbits . the resultsindicated that all extracts showed good decreasing in glucose level. Oil extractisolated from prosopis juliflora leaves showed very high activity to decrease blood glucose ,levels in normalglycemic and hyperglycemic rabbits ,where significant decreasing (P<0.05) was found at second and forth hrs , significant decreasing (P<0.01) at sixth hr. and high significant decreasing (P<0.001) at twenty forth hrs. ,whereas leaves glycosides has a great ability to decrease glucose levels in normalglycemic rabbits where a significant decreasing (P<0.01) was found at second and forth hrs., and a high significant decreasing (P<0.001) at twenty forth hrs., but in hyperglycemic abbits , a high activity was recorded and led to a significant decreasing ( P<0.01) at second forth hrs., and high significant lowering( P<0.001 ) at twenty forth .whereas ,leaves tannins extract was noticed to be the lowest affiecieney in reducing blood glucose levels ere it led to a significant lowering ( P<0.01) at twenty forth in normalglycemic rabbits , while a significant decreasing (P<0.05) was recorded at twenty forth in hyperglycaemic rabbits. Leaves ,4 - (2’ - Hydroxyethyl)phenol, Trans - phytol , 24 - Methylencycloartan - 3 - one β - hydroxylup - 20(29) - en 4 - (β - D - Glucopyranosyloxy)benzyl alcohol and Sti masterin (.Were isolated ,separated ,purified and identified by thin layer chromatography, column chromatography, gas chromatography, IR - spectroscopy ,1H,C13 - NMR ,Gas chromatography - mass spectroscopy .Also study of hypoglycemic action of four these chemical compounds isolated from leaves and pods p.juliflora , the glycosidic compound 4 - (β - D - Glucopyranosyloxy)benzyl alcohol recorded strong activity as hyperglycemic action and led to a significant decreasing ( P<0.05) at second hrs., and significant lowering( P<0.01)at fourth ,sixth hrs. and high significant decline (P<0.001) at 24 hrs in normalglycemic rabbits ,while in hyperglycemic rabbits a significant decreasing (P<0.05) at second hrs. ,significant lowering P<0.01 at fourth and sixth hrs and significant decreasing (P<0.001) at twenty forth hrs. The active compound 4 - (2 - - Hydroxyethyl)phenol showed a high hypoglycemic action were significant decline ( P<0.05) at second hrs, a significant decreasing ( P<0.01) at sixth and a high significant decreasing (P<0.001) at twenty forth hrs. in normalglycaemic rabbits ,while in hyperglycemic rabbits , a significant decline (P<0.05) was at second , a significant decreasing (P<0.01) at fourth and sixth hrs., and a high significant decreasing ( P<0.001) was recorded at twenty forth hrs..Also active compound24 - Methylencycloartan - 3 - one showed a significant decrease (P<0.05) at second hrs. , significant decrease (P<0.01) at fourth and sixth hrs., and a high significant decreasing ( P<0.001) at twenty forth hrs hyperglycaemic rabbits, while the compound α - tocopherol recorded a significant decreasing (P<0.05) at sixth hrs. , significant decrease (P<0.01) at twenty forth hrs. in hyperglycemic rabbits. The toxicity for some extracts and active chemical compounds isolated from leaves and pods was studied where no hemolytic for red blood cells was found .

استخلاص وعزل بعض المركبات الفعالة بايولوجيا من جمار النخيل Phoenix dactylifera == Extraction and Isolation Some Active Biological Compounds From (Phoenix dactylifera)

Author name: وصال عبد الرحمن سالم الثامري
Supervisor name: اقبال جاسم بدر | هناء كاظم موسى
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: It is notable that Iraq characterized by the availability of palms trees , according to 2012 statistics it has been considered as the fifth largest country in production of dates in the world (Wikipedia), and because of the rareness study about the palm it almost non - exist in Iraq , therefore it has been proposed this study in order to find out the medical uses of the Jummar .The study has included preparation of five extracts which they are aqueous ,70% alcoholic , glycosidic , alkolids and flavonoids .In addition , the isolated oil and makes some chemical and physical detections such as solubility.Moreover , it included knowledge of content for this extracts and identify the number of components in each extract and diagnose the chemical identity using several techniques such as "Thin layer and Colum" chromatography ," FTIR , U.V - Visible" spectroscopy.It has also been studied the effect of the glycosidic , alkolids , flavonoids and oil extracts on the level of blood sugar in normal rabbits and the rabbits suffering from hyperglycemia which induced by alloxan ,in addition to the effect of the pill lower the blood sugar and the mixture from the pill with alkloidic extract , beside the mixture of the pill with oil extracts.Furthermore, the test giving a potion (dosage - dose) of 500mg/Kg which is had reduced the blood glucose level for 24h with significant difference p> 0.001 , the isolated oil was less efficient with significant difference p> 0.001 .The cytotoxicity test was also conducted by using In vivo method on human blood does not affected by isolated compounds from Jummar and oil isolated oil , and it safe and non - toxic.The effect of above extracts was studied on the growth of some kind of positive Gram Staphylococcus aureus , and negative Gram bacteria Aeromonas hydrophila using Agar diffusion method , the flavonoid extract showed the high test 16mm inhibition zone compared with alkaloid extract which showed 12mm inhibition zone for negative Gram bacteria Aeromonas hydrophila.The effectiveness of isolated compounds and oil isolated were estimated as antioxidants and compare them with Butyrated hydroxyl toluene (BHT) which appeared that flavonoids extract has a higher effective antioxidant.The interference of isolated compounds from palms jummar and isolated oil with DNA has been studied by tracking the change in the concentration of the isolated compounds after mixing with DNA in the various time and by tracking the change of the UV spectroscopy. Finally , it has been also tracking the change of the concentration of DNA by using the Electrophoresis Technology and UV photographic technology and both Technologies showed the interference between the isolated compounds and the DNA.Also the glycosidic extracts was studied on the growing of cancer cells Rhabdomysarcoma , and seemed clear inhibition at concentration (10mg/ml) in (72) hours and inhibition ratio was about (37.26%).

تقدير بعض المغذيات في نماذج مختلفة بوساطة تقنية كروماتوغرافيا التبادل الايوني مصنع محليا == Determination of some nutrients in different Samples by Home - made ion exchange chromatography technique

Author name: نور عبد الحكيم عبد الرزاق عبد الله الباهلي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This work includes three chapters. The first chapter focuses in general on chromatography and specifically on Ion Chromatography ( IC ) and recent application for some nutrient determination .The second chapter, Experimental parts, describes all parts of the homemade semi - automated IC system, procedure solution chemicals sampling and the optimu m conditions used in this study also illustrate.The last chapter , result and dissection demonstrates the application of IC system for determination of NO2 - NO2 - and PO4 3 - ions in details.Linearity's were in the range 2.5 - 12.5 , 2.5 - 12.5 and 7.0 - 35 mg/L with regression coefficient 0.9950 , 0.9960 and 0.9990 the ± RSD % equal to ± 0.45% , ± 0.56% and ± 0.51 % the recoveries were the range 100% , 96% and 95% which were found by standard additions method the sample throughput were 8.0, 6.0 and 3.0 sample/hour for NO2 - ,NO2 - and PO4 3 - ions respectively .The final parts in this chapter displays the application of the IC systemfor determination of NO2 - ,NO2 - and PO43 - ions in water some pharmaceutical preparations and soft drinks samples with simple eco and simultaneous method .

تحضير ودراسة تحليلية وتطبيقية لبعض الاصباغ الازوية المشتقة من المستحضرات الدوائية وتقدير ايون الفضة كمعقد == Preparation and Analytical and Application of Some Azodyes Derived From Pharmaceuticals drugs and Determination of Silver Ion as Complex

Author name: نهى وليد علي حسين
Supervisor name: اسعد عبود علي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تم تحضير ثلاث صبغات ازويه وهي procaine hydrochloride and 8 - Amino - 1 - napthol - 3 - 6 - disulfonic acid disodium salt (L1)و صبغتين ازوتيتين جديدتين procaine hydrochloride and 4 - aminoantipyrine (L2) and Metoclopramide hydrochloride and 8 - Amino - 1 - napthol - 3 - 6 - disulfonic acid disodium salt(L3). درست هذه الصبغات طيفيا، وتم تشخيصها بتقنية الرنين النووي المغناطيسي للبروتون (1H NMR) وتقنية الاشعة تحت الحمراء (FT - IR)، وفي هذه التقنية بالتحديد تم تشخيص اهم المجاميع الفعالة الموجودة في الصبغات، واهمها مجموعة الازو ( - N=N - ) التي ظهرت عند (1526.86، 1500 ، (1497.45سم - 1 للصبغات (L1 - L3) على التوالي . كما ودرس التحليل الحراري للصبغات (L3 - L1) واظهر الثبات الحراري الى درجة حرارة (255.2،151.2 ،290) م˚ على التوالي وقد قيست درجات حرارة مراحل التفكك (الابتدائية، العظمى ،النهائية) وكذلك بينت درجة حرارة التفحم، ودرجة حرارة فقدان 50 % من وزن المادة .اما الدراسة الطيفية فقد تم من خلالها تحديد الاطوال الموجية العظمى للصبغات وهي (530) نانوميتر لصبغتين (L1،L3) و(360) نانوميتر لصبغة (L2 )، ودرس تاثير الاس الهيدروجيني في اطياف الامتصاص الالكترونية للصبغات المحضرة في المنطقة المرئية، بمدى من الاطوال الموجية (650 - 350) نانوميتر لصبغات (L3 - L1) باستعمال محاليل منظمة ذات قيم اس هيدروجيني مختلفة (2 - 12)، ومن هذه الاطياف تم حساب ثابت تاين مجموعة الهيدروكسيل ل (8 - Amino - 1 - napthol - 3 - 6 - disulfonic acid disodium salt) و4 - amino anti pyrine )) وثابت برتنة ذرات النيتروجين لمركبات (Procaine hydro chloride وMetoclopramide) باستعمال طريقة منتصف الارتفاع .كما وتم تعيين النقاط الايزوبستيه وميكانيكيات التاين والبرتنه المقترحة . وتم دراسة اطياف الاشعة المرئية لهذه الصبغات مع مجموعة مذيبات مختلفة القطبية ( الماء الخالي من الايونات ,الكحول الاثيلي، 4 - 1 دايوكسان ، رباعي هيدرو فيوران ، ثنائي مثيل سلفوكسايد ، الاسيتون، ثنائي مثيل فورمالديهايد) بمدى من الاطوال الموجية (650 - 350) نانوميتر لصبغتين (L1,L3 ) بمدى ((530 - 300 نانوميتر لصبغة (L2 )، واظهرت اطيافها حزمة امتصاص رئيسية اعزيت للانتقال *π π في مجموعة الازو باستعمال مذيبات مختلفة القطبية، حيث وجدت علاقة خطية بين الاطوال الموجية العظمى وثوابت العزل الثنائي وهذا يعني ان ثابت العزم الثنائي هو الذي يتحكم بانحراف حزم القمم . المحور الثاني : تضمن دراسة طيفية لمعقد الصبغة (L3) مع الفضة، وكان لون المعقد الناتج بنفسجي بعد ما كان لون الصبغة احمر. وقد تم تحديد الظروف المثلى لتكوين هذا المعقد منها تحديد الطول الموجي الاعظم، وكان (560) نانوميتر، وتاثير الاس الهيدروجيني بمدى من محاليل المنظمة (12 - 2) باستخدام المحلول المنظم الجامع وكان بقيمه (12) مستخدما المحلول الجامع كافضل محلول منظم . ودرس تاثير الزمن من ( 1440 - 1) دقيقة، ووجد عدم تغير في قيم امتصاص الصبغة مما يدل على استقراريه المعقد المتكون، فضلا عن تاثير تعاقب الاضافة اللازمة للدراسات الطيفية التي يتم من خلالها تحديد نسب التراكيب الجزيئية للمعقد المتكون اعتمادا على طريقة النسب المولية ، اذ اظهرت النتائج ان المعقد يتكون بنسبة (1 : 1) (فلز : ليكاند (.وكذلك تناولت الدراسة مدى انطباق قانون بير وحساسية الطريقة الطيفية للصبغة الازوية (L3) مع الفضة (I) وقيم معامل الامتصاص المولاري ( ) (104 2.2 ͯ) لتر.مول . 1 - سم1 - ، وقيم معامل الامتصاصية النوعي (a) (0.2037) مل .غم_1.سم_1، وحساسية ساندل (S)(4.909×10 - 3) مايكرو غرام.سم - 2 ، وقيم الانحراف المعياري (S.D) ( 0.00709)، وحد الكشف (DL) (0.0663) مايكرو غرام.مل - 1.اوضحت الدراسة تاثير تداخل بعض الايونات المهمة ( Li+ ،Na+ ،K+ ، +Mg2، Mn2+ ، Cd2+ ،Ba2+، Pb2+ ، Co+2، Ca2+ ، Cr3+ ، Zr4+ ، Ti+ ، Uo+2 ،VO2+ ، Cu2+ ، Fe3+) التي يمكن ان تتداخل وتؤثر في قيم امتصاص المعقد ولوحظ ان هناك تفاوت في شدة تداخلها. فقد وجد ان الايونات Ni2+، Cu2+ ،Fe3+ يمكن ان تتداخل وبشده , هذا يعني ممكن تكوينها معقدات مع الصبغة L3. اضافة الى ذلك تم حساب ثوابت تكوين هذا المعقد وذلك باستعمال طريقة المحاليل المتناظرة والمتضمنة طريقة نصف قيم دالة التكوين اذ وجد ان قيمة log β1 = (5.62) لمعقد الفضة مع الصبغة الازوية. ودرس طيف الاشعة تحت الحمراء للمعقد ومقارنته مع طيف الصبغة بدون وجود ايون الفضة ويلاحظ تاثر مواقع حزم الامتصاص وشدتها للمجاميع المهمة الموجودة في الصبغة مما يبين الارتباط بين ايون الفضة وجزيئة الصبغة المعنية. المحور الثالث : تم دراسة بعض التطبيقات لصبغات الازوية ومنها امكانية استعمال محاليل الصبغات (L3 - L1)، كدلائل ) حامض قوي - قاعدة قوية) و(حامض ضعيف - قاعدة قوية )، فقد وجد ان الاصباغ الازويه تعطي نتائج ممتازة وذات خطا نسبي واطئ مع تغيير حاد عند نقطة التعادل . كما ودرس تطبيق اخر وهو استخدام الصبغة (L3)، في تقدير ايون الفضة في بعض المستحضرات الصيدلانية مثل Floumizin Cream 1% ( w/w) , Hamazine Cream 1% ( w/w) وSulphative Cream 1% ( w/w) فقد وجد ان مستحضرين يعطيان دقة وضبط عاليتين وهذا ما نلاحظه في قيم الخطا النسبي . وكذلك امكانية استعمال الصبغات (L3 - L1)، في دراسة الفعالية البيولوجية مع صنفين من البكتريا احداها ذات صبغة كرام موجبة Staphylococcus Aureuse والاخرى ذات صبغة كرام سالبة Escherichia Coli واظهرت النتائج فعالية الصبغة (L2)، تجاه بكتريا Staphylococcus Aureuse وكذلك عوملت الصبغات مع نوع من الفطريات هي (Candida albicans) واظهرت النتائج فعالية عالية للصبغة (L2،L3)، تجاه الفطر. | The research work was divided into three parts : The first part : Involves the preparation of new azodyes L1 - L3( except for L1) . The dye (L1،L2) was derived from (8 - Amino - 1 - napthol - 3 - 6 - disulfonic acid di sodium salt) with Procaine hydro chloride (L1) ,and with (4 - amino anti pyrine )) (L2) and Metoclopramide with (8 - Amino - 1 - napthol - 3 - 6 - disulfonic acid di sodium salt) ( L3). They have been described by NMR and Visible , UV. spectroscopic spectra and fourier transform infrared spectra (FT - IR) which investigation of more important active groups such as ( - N=N - ) which appeared by (1497.45,1500,1526.86) cm - 1 for(L1 - L3) respectively.The Thermal analysis of the prepared azodyes (L1 - L3) showed their thermal stability in (255.2 ,151.2 and 290) C°,The intial maximum and final temperatures of dissociation of each stage were calculated . The acid - base properties were studied at different pH values (2 - 12) From these spectra , the isobestic points , the protonation and ionization constants of azo dyes were determined by using half - height method .The solvents effect were studied at different solvents polarities (Ethanol, THF, DCM, 1 - 4 Dioxane , Acetone, DMF ,Water) with in wave length rang (350 - 650nm) for (L1،L2( and (300 - 530) for (L2) it was found linearity relationship between λmax of the bands and dielectric constants for all solvents. This denotes that the dielectric constant of the medium is the main factor governing the band shift in such solvents.The second part : includes the study of spectra of complexes azodye (L3) with Silver (I) ion , to form colored complex . The complex was studied under optimum conditions for forming the such as selection of the max. wavelength (560 nm). The pH effect, time effect and the effect of sequence of addition, were studied . The stoichiometrey of formed complex was carried out by using of molar ratios method .The results showed that the complex is composed of (1 : 1) (metal : Ligand ).As well as, the study examined the applicability of the Beer’s law . The Beer's validity and sensitivity azo dyes (L3) with Silver (I) were calculated . The values of molar absorptivity ( ) (2.2×104) L.mol - 1.cm - 1, specific absorptivity (a) (0.2037) ml.g - 1.cm - 1,Sandell sensitivity (S) (4.909×10 - 3) g cm - 2, standard Deviation (S.D) (0.00709) and Detection Limit (DL) (0.0663) g ml - 1 were determined .The study of the interference of some important ions like ( Li+ ،Na+ ،K+ ، +Mg2، Mn2+ ، Ni2+ ، Cd2+ ،Ba2+، Pb2+ ، Co+2، Ca2+ ، Cr3+ ، Zr4+ ، Ti+ ، Uo+2 ،VO2+ ، Cu2+ ، Fe3+) were studied, at different concentrations (1fold, 5fold, 10 fold) . Some of above ions were found to be interfere or affect on the values of absorption complex like (Ni2+، Cu2+ ،Fe3+) . The stability constant (Log β1) of the complex was calculated by applying the corresponding solution method and found with value of (5.62) for silver (I) with Dye (L3) .Third part : Includes the study of some applications of dyes , like the ability of using deys (L1 - L3) as acid - base indicators for strong acid with strong base and weak acid with strong base under suitable concentrations . By using of azodye ( L3 ) as reagent for the deteminaion of silver content in some Pharmaceutical Reagents like ( Floumizin Cream 1% ( w/w) , Hamazine Cream 1% ( w/w) and Sulphative Cream 1% ( w/w). It was found that the first two cream drugs give good results with low values of relative standard error . The ability of using dyes, by established the biological activities of (L1 - L3) toward two types of bacteria (Staphyococcus Aureuse) and (Escherichia Coli) .The results showed the effectiveness of (L2) towards bacteria (Staphyococcus Aureuse). The study carried out on the dyes (L1 - L3) toward (Candida albicans) ,the results showed the effectiveness of (L2 - L3) towards fungi .

عزل وتشخيص بعض المركـبات الفعالة من وريقات نخيل البريم ودراسة تاثيرها المضاد لفرط سكر الدم == Isolation and identification of some Active Compounds from Phoenix dactiylifera (Breim) Leaflets and study of their Antihyperglycemic Effect

Author name: نهى اياد محمد العبيد
Supervisor name: عباس دواس مطر المالكي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: في هذه الدراسة تم استعمال وريقات نخيل البريم العراقي(Breim) Phoenix dactylifera لتقصي تاثيره المخفض لسكر الدم في الارانب الطبيعية والمصابة بفرط السكرالمستحدث بالالوكسان. تم تحضير (11 ) مستخلصا من وريقات هذا النبات وهي المستخلص المائي البارد والمائي الحار والمستخلص الايثانولي البارد والايثانولي الحار ومستخلص الدهون ، ومستخلصات الفينولات والقلويدات والفلافونيدات والكلايكوسيدات والصابونين والتانينات .تم اجراء الكشوفات الكيميائية النوعية الاولية للمستخلصات المحضرة وتعيين العوائل الكيميائية الفعالة الموجودة في وريقات النبات، تم استعمال مجموعتين من الارانب الصائمة الطبيعية والمصابة بفرط السكر وقسمت كل منها الى مجموعة سيطرة ومجموعة معالجة، ثم تم تسجيل تاثير المستخلصات في تخفيض سكر الدم في هذه الارانب، اذ اظهرت النتائج ان المستخلص الايثانولي الحار كان الاكثر تخفيضا لمستوى سكر كلوكوز الدم من المستخلصات العامة الاخرى في الارانب الطبيعية.سجل كل من المركبات القلويدية والفينولية المعزولة التخفيض الاكبر في مستوى سكر كلوكوز الدم مقارنة مع بقية المستخلصات في الارانب الطبيعية والمصابة بفرط السكر حيث ادت هذه المركبات الفعالة الى تخفيض عالي المعنوية (P<0.001 ) في الساعة الرابعة والعشرين , وانخفاض عالي المعنوية P<0.01)) في الساعة الرابعة والساعة السادسة , وتخفيض معنوي P<0.05)) في الساعة الثانية في الارانب الطبيعية الصائمة , وانخفاض بفارق معنوي (P<0.001 ) في الساعة السادسة والرابعة والعشرين , وانخفاض معنوي P<0.01)) في الساعة الرابعة , وانخفاض معنوي P<0.05)) في الساعة الثانية وفي الارانب المصابة بفرط السكر . اما التانينات فقد اظهرت التخفيض الاقل مقارنة مع بقية المستخلصات الاخرى . اظهرت نتائج التحليل النوعي لكروموتوغرافيا الطبقة الرقيقة ((TLC عن وجود مركب قلويدي في مستخلص القلويدات وعن وجود اربعة مركبات في مستخلص الفينولات وشخصت المركبات الفينولية والمركب القلويدي الفعالة المعزولة باستعمال كشف منصهر الصوديوم وكشف المجاميع الفعالة وطيف الكتلة - كروموتوغرافيا الغاز GC - Massوطيف الاشعة تحت الحمراء IR وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي للبروتون (H1 - NMR) وطيف الرنين النووي المغناطيسي للكاربون (C13 - NMR ) ولذلك من هذا التشخيص وجد ان المركب القلويدي المعزول هو 2 - Methoxy - 4 - [(E) - (1H - tetraazol - 1 - ylimino)methyl]phenol اما المركبات الفينولية المعزولة هي 3 - hydroxy tyrosine , 4 - n - propylresorcinol , alpha - tocopherol , 2 - hydroxy - 5 - methylisophthaldehyde لقد سجل المركب الفينولي4 - n - propylresorcinol] تخفيضا عالي المعنوية في مستويات كلوكوز الدم، اذ اظهر تخفيضا بفارق معنوي عالي (P<0.001 ) في الساعة الرابعة والعشرين , وانخفاض معنوي P<0.01)) في الساعة السادسة وانخفاض معنوي P<0.05)) في الساعة الثانية والرابعة في الارانب الطبيعية ، كما سجل هذا المركب الفعال تخفيضا معنويا عاليا (P<0.001 ) في الساعة السادسة والرابعة والعشرين , وانخفاض معنوي P<0.01)) في الساعة الرابعة , وانخفاض معنوي P<0.05)) في الساعة الثانية في الارانب المصابة بفرط السكر . في حين اظهرت المركبات الفينولية الاخرى 3 - hydroxy tyrosine, 2 - hydroxy - 5 - methylisophthaldehyde , alpha - tocopherol تخفيضا معنويا عاليا في الارانب السليمة والمصابة بفرط السكر ولكن بنسبة اقل من المركب 4 - n - propylresorcinol . كما اظهرت الدراسة ان المركبات الفينولية الفعالة والمركب القلويدي الفعال ليس لها اي تاثير سمي في تحلل كريات الدم الحمراء في الانسان . | In this study Iraqi Phoenix dactylifera (Breim) leaflets were used to investigate their hypoglycemic action in normal glycemic and Alloxan - induced diabetic rabbits. Eleven extracts from this plant were prepared are cold aqueous, hot aqueous , cold ethanolic, hot ethanolic ,fats extracts, phenols, alkaloids, flavonoids, glycosides and tannins. Preliminary qualitative tests were carried out for prepared extracts and active chemical families were detected for plant leaflets. Two groups of fasted normal glycemic and fasted hyperglycemic rabbits and they were divided into control and treatment groups then hyperglycemic action in these rabbits were recorded. The results showed that the hot ethanolic extract was the highest hypoglycemic action than other extracts in normal glycemic rabbits. Phenolic and alkaloidic compounds isolated, recorded the great hypoglycemic action compound with other extracts in normal glycemic and hyperglycemic where these active compounds led to a decreasing with a a significant difference (P<0.001)at 24 hr , a significant decreasing (P<0.01) at 4 and 6 hr and a significant decreasing (P<0.05) at 2 hr in fasted normal glycemic rabbits , also a significant decreasing (P<0.001)at 6 and 24 hour ,a significant decreasing (P<0.01) at 4 hr and a significant decreasing (P<0.05) at 2 hr in hyperglycemic rabbits whereas tannins showed the lowest decreasing compared to other extracts . Thin layer chromatography (TLC)results showed presence of one alkaloidic compound in alkaloids extract and four phenolic compounds in phenols extracts . Action phenolic compounds and alkaloidic compound were identified by using sodium fuse , function groups test , gas chromatography ,mass (GC - Mass) spectrum technique ,infra - red (IR),proton nuclear magnetic resonance (H1 - NMR), carbon nuclear magnetic resonance (C13 - NMR) spectra . Therefore from this identification , it was found that the isolated alkaloidic compound is 2 - Methoxy - 4 - [(E) - (1H - tetraazol - 1 - ylimino)methyl]phenol whereas the phenolic compounds are 3 - hydroxy tyrosine , 4 - n - propylresorcinol , alpha - tocopherol , 2 - hydroxy - 5 - methylisophthaldehyde. the phenolic compound 4 - n - propylresorcinol recorded a high, a significant decreasing in blood glucose levels , where it showed a decrease with a , a significant difference (P<0.001)at 24 hr, a significant decreasing (P<0.01) at 6 hr and a significant decreasing (P<0.05) at 2 and 4 hr in fasted normal glycemic rabbits , also this active chemical compound recorded a high significant decreasing (P<0.001)at 6 and 24 hour ,a significant decrease (P<0.01) at 4 hr and a significant decrease (P<0.05) at 2 hr in hyperglycemic rabbits , while other the phenolic compounds 3 - hydroxy tyrosine, alpha - tocopherol , 2 - hydroxy - 5 - methylisophthaldehyde showed a significant decreasing in normal glycemic rabbits and hyperglycemic rabbits but it was less than the compound 4 - n - propylresorcinol , also the study showed that the active alkaloidic compound and active phenolic compounds have no toxic effect in hemolysis of blood red cells of human being.

تحضير وتشخيص ودراسة طيفية وكهربائية وحرارية لبعض مركبات البورفرازين الجسرية == Synthesis, Characterization with Spectroscopic and Thermal and Electrical Studies for Some of Bridged Porphrazine Compounds

Author name: مصطفى هاشم موكر
Supervisor name: نزار عبد الامير حسين
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This study includes a preparation of some Tetrapyrazino Porphrazine Compounds and new Bridged Compounds with General Formula (MPzDCB)n ,(MPzCN)n where M is Fe(II) and Co(II) and VO(IV) .These compounds prepared by different method diagnosed by (elemental analysis (CHN), InFrared of spectrum , Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy , Electronic Absorption Spectrometry (u.v), X - ray Diffraction Measurements, Thermographimetric analysis , Finally diaynosed electrical Properties) .The Results showed for the analysis of microelements good Convergence between the theoretical and practical Values.For the Infrared spectroscopy compounds tetrapyrazino porphrazine (PzFe,PzCo,PzVO) We noticed the disappearance of C≡N Pack and its appearance as preparing the Bridged Compounds (MPzDCB)n and (MPzCN)n with frequency (2044) cm - 1 mean with less frequency . For spectrum visible and ultraviolet for pxepared Compounds by using (DMF) as a solvent showed two types of the first absorption packages within the range (600 - 700)nm celled Q band is due to transitions ( π - π*) and the second within the range (300 - 400)nm celled package B and attributed to the transitions ( π - π*) for the existence of bye bonds in Composite loops and (n - π* ) the presence of nitrogen atoms in the circle . As for Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrum of the proton in the iron Compound (PzFe) we noticed appearance of chemical shift one when 8.3 PPm this return to the protons gasoline circled in the Compound .For Bridged Compound (PzFeDCB)n noticed the appearance of two chemical shift first at 7.9 PPm Located in the higher area return to proton circle in Compound and the second at 8.50 PPm Located in the low area , return of protons (DCB) this is consistent with the proposed structural formula .For x - ray from which achieved an account dimension between levels crystalline d - species by studying the x - ray deviation and through it can calculate the energy levels located around the Fermi level and through α that represents inverted dimension between crystalline level .AS for the weighted thermal analysis we noticed all prepared Compound have high thermal stability and high stability studied the electric properties of prepared Compounds was measured conductivity continuous stream and found electrical conductivity of increased Compounds with rising temperature indicating that semiconductor powersupply materials.

دراسة مستويات مضادات الاكسدة الانزيمية وايوني (الحديد والكلوريد) في دم مرضى الحساسية والربو في محافظة البصرة - العراق == Study of enzymatic antioxidants levels and (Iron & Chloride) ions in the blood of asthmatic patients in Basrah governorate/ lraq

Author name: مرتضى فراس حسن الكناني
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: اجريت هـذه الــدراسة لـمعرفة تركـيز مـضادات الاكسدة الانزيمية (السوبر اوكسيد دسميوتيز SOD, الكلوتاثيون بيرواوكسيديز GPx والكتاليز (Catalase ومستوى ايوني (الحديد والكلوريد) لدى عدد من مرضى الربو في محافظة البصرة.شملت الدراسة 100 حالة من المرضى وكانت اعمارهم تتراوح مابين 7 - 67)) سنة55) من الذكور و45 من الاناث) تم تشخيصهم في مركز الحساسية والربو في محافظة البصرة, كذلك 60 حالة من الاصحاء ( 35من الذكور و25 من الاناث). تم تصنيف المرضى بالاعتماد على العوامل السريرية التالية (الفئات العمرية, عامل الجنس, التاريخ العائلي, عامل التدخين ونوع الغذاء}بروتينات, فواكة وخضراوات, توابل{). وقد اوضحت نتائج الدراسة ارتفاع تركيز انزيم فوق اوكسيد دسميوتيز (SOD) في دم المرضى ((224.511±9.502 U\ml مقارنة بالاصحاء (191.162±7.879) U\ml وبمعدل احتمال ((P˂0.05, ويزداد الارتفاع في تركيز هذا الانزيم بتقدم العمر وشدة المرض وعامل التدخين والتاريخ العائلي وبمعدل احتمال معنوي ((P˂0.05. بينما لوحظ انخفاض في مستوى انزيم الكلوتاثيون بيرواوكسيديز (GPx) للمرضى (2925.250±787.564) U\L مقارنة بالاصحاء (3502.331±1386.953) U\L, ويزداد انخفاض تركيز انزيم ((GPx بتقدم العمر وشدة المرض وعامل التدخين وبمعدل احتمال معنوي (.(P˂0.05كما تم قياس تركيز انزيم الكتاليز ( (CAT.في مصل دم المرضى فوجد انخفاض في تركيزه لدى المرضى (0.693±0.392) U مقارنة مع الاصحاء (1.456±0.244) U وبمعدل احتمال معنوي (P˂0.05), ويزداد هذا الانخفاض مع تقدم العمر والتاريخ العائلي وشدة المرض وبمعدل احتمال معنوي ((P˂0.05. اظهرت الدراسة ايضا انخفاض تركيز عنصر الحديد للمرضى (55.2433±5.5873) µg ̸100 ml مقارنة بالاصحاء (64.1231±24.9367) µg ̸100 ml وبمعدل احتمال (P˂0.01), ويقل هذا الانخفاض مع تقدم العمر وعامل التدخين وشدة المرض وبمعدل احتمال معنوي (P˂0.01). بينما اظهرت نتائج الدراسة لعنصر الكلور انخفاض في مستوى تركيزه للمرضى (290.4770±31.1280) µg ̸ L مقارنة مع الاصحاء ((298.4238±38.4793 µg ̸ L وبمعدل احتمال معنوي (P˂0.01), ويزداد الانخفاض في تركيزه مع التاريخ العائلي وعامل التدخين وبمعدل احتمال معنوي (P˂0.01). نستنتج مما ذكر اعلاه ان الاشخاص المرضى الذين يعانون من الربو تكون لديهم الاصناف الفعالة للاوكسجين ROS فعالة اكثر والتي تسبب اجهادا مؤكسدا مصحوبا بتناقص او زيادة في مضادات التاكسد والعناصر النزرة | The work described in this thesis is mainly concerned with studying the concentration of the enzymes antioxidants (Superoxide dismutase SOD, Glutathione peroxidase GPx and Catalase CAT.) as well as to know the levels of (Iron and Chloride) ions in asthma patients from Basrah governorate/Iraq. This study covers 100 case of sickness in which their ages between (7 - 67) year (55 male and 45 female) and all these cases were identified in Allergies and asthma center in Basrah/Iraq. However, the control group contain 60 volunteer (35 male and 25 female). The classification of these patients depend up on few factors such that (Ages, Sex, genetic history, smoking habit, living places and the type of their foods which covers {proteins, fruits & vegetables and spices}).This study shows that there is increasing in the concentration of the SOD in the blood (224.511±9.502) U/ml, as comparison with the healthy peoples (191.162±7.879) U/ml at rate (P˂0.05) and elevation in concentration increased by applying the factors above. However, we noticed a significant decreasing in GPx (2925.250±787.564) U/L as comparison with healthy peoples (3502.331±1386.953) U/L, and decline in concentration was increased by applying the factors mention above at rate (P˂0.05). As well as there is a decreasing in the concentration of CAT. (0.693±0.392) U as comparison with control group (1.456±0.244) U, and this decline in concentration decreasing increased by applying the factors mention above at rate (P˂0.05). Added to which the concentrations of Iron and Chloride were decreased at rate (P˂0.01) in the serum of blood of patients (55.2433±5.5873) µg ̸100 ml and (290.4770±31.1280) µg/ L respectively as comparison with healthy peoples (64.1231±24.9367) µg ̸100 ml and (298.4238±38.4793) µg/ L respectively. The rate of Iron and Chloride concentration was increased by applying the factors except the genetic factor.We conclude from the above that the asthma patients have the active oxygen species ROS more effective than healthy controls, which in turn caused an oxidative stress accompanied by a decrease or an increase in antioxidants and trace elements, and the effectiveness of those affected by the factors mentioned above.

تحضير وتشخيص بعض الشبكات البوليميرية الهلامية الساندة لعقار Prednisolone واستخدامها كانظمة اطلاق تدريجي لدراسة فعاليتها المضادة للالتهابات في الحيوانات المختبرية in vivo == Preparation and Identification of some hydrogel polymeric networks sustained drug Prednisolone and uses as slow release systemTo study the anti - inflammatory activity in laboratory animals (in vivo)

Author name: محمد رياض عبد العزيز عبد الرزاق
Supervisor name: صلاح شاكر هاشم اللعيبي | عدنان جاسم الفرطوسي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Given the importance of drug Prednisolone and the diversity of its uses as a treatment in many diseases such as asthma and kidney symmetry and rheumatoid arthritis and multiple sclerosis, and facial nerve paralysis syndrome and psoriasis ...... and others , and contribution to us as researchers , to reduce the suffering of patients with those diseases of the large number of patient use the drug in large doses and at different times during the day so the current study included the preparation of a hydrogel polymer networks (natural - industrial) Interpenetrating and semi Interpenetrating networks (P1, P2, P3, P4 - 1, P4 - 2, P4 - 3, P4 - 4, P5 - 1, P5 - 2, P5 - 3, P5 - 4, P6 - 1, P6 - 2, P6 - 3, P6 - 4) diagnosed in FT - IR spectrum. This study included study of swelling ratio of prepared polymeric networks at constant temperature (37 M◦ ± 1 M◦) and different PH value [ distilled water (pH = 7), Simulated Gastric Fluid SGF solution (pH = 1.2) and the Simulated Intestinal Fluid {SIF ( pH = 8.2)]. The highest swelling ratio showed of polymeric networks prepared in the Simulated gastric fluid (SGF) and then distilled water (H2O) and finally means the Simulated Intestinal Fluid (SIF) .The polymeric networks (P1, P2, P3, P4 - 4, P5 - 4, P6 - 4 ) have the largest swelling ratio of compared with other polymeric networks prepared in this study.Carrying a Prednisolone drug on polymeric networks (P1, P2, P3, P4 - 4, P5 - 4, P6 - 4) were followed gradual release in three different solutions, (H2O), (SGF) and (SIF). The result shown the highest release ratio of the drug in the (SGF) and then (H2O) and finally means Simulated Intestinal Fluid (SIF), in order to obtain a loaded system polymeric new bearing high doses of the drug at a rate controlled by release natural dose stipulated according to the body's need and thus staged the continuity of the drug did for long periods, which helps the patient psychologically. Results of a study gradual liberalization of drug Prednisolone the polymeric network (P5 - 4) gave high efficiency in loading the drug as well as in the gradual release , Lethal to half number of animals is (1.6 g / kg = LD50).Studied the effectiveness of anti - inflammatory to (P5 - 4) sustained drug Prednisolone as systems gradually on laboratory mice (in vivo), and important tests edema of the palm of mice induced by Carrageenan and edema permission induced by Xylene mice . The results shown that the (P5 - 4)polymeric network loaded with drug Prednisolone prevented the edema induced by carrageenan and xylene , and give Significant differences (P <0.05) after (0.5, 0.1 hours) and a high significant (P <0.01) after (2, 4, 6, 8,10 hours) and continued activity up to 23 hours from the start of the dosing time. It showed results of a study the effect of Chitosan as an antiinflammatory Appearance of significant differences (P <0.05) after( 0.5, 1.2, 4.6 hours) and highly significant (P <0.01) after (8,10, 23 hours) of the dosing time, and shown the drug Prednisolone alone for significant differences (P <0.05) after (0.5, 1 hour) and highly significant (P <0.01) after (2,4 hours) all of the dosing time, after which there was a decrease activity as an antiinflammatory,which lasts until the end of the probationary period

تحضير ودراسة تحليلية - طيفية لبعض اصباغ الازو غير المتجانسة واستخدام احدها في استخلاص النحاس الثنائي من المحاليل المائية == Preparation and Analytical Study of Some Heterogeneous Azo Dyes and Using One of Them in Extraction of Cu(II) From Aqueous Solutions

Author name: لمياء عبد اللطيف رسن
Supervisor name: اسعد عبود علي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The thesis involves three parts : The first part included synthesis eight new Azo dyes,derived of Procaine and Metoclpramide : LR1R = 3 - [ ( Procaine ) azo ] - 2 - hydroxyl indoleLR2R = 2 - [ ( Procaine ) azo ] - 4,5 - diphenyl ImidazolLR3R = 2 - [ ( Procaine ) azo ] - 3 - PhenylephrineLR4R = 2 - [ ( Procaine ) azo ] Imidazol, L5 = 2 - [ ( Metoclopramide ) azo ] Imidazol,LR6R = 2 - [ ( Metocopramide ) azo ] 3 - PhenylephrineLR7R = 3 - [( Metoclopramide ) azo ] 2 - hydroxyl indoleLR8R= 2 - [( Metoclopramide ) azo ] - 4,5 - diphenyl ImidazolThey have been described by C.H.N. and Visible spectroscopic spectra and the functional groups were characterized by I.R technique like azo group of (1558.48 , 1512.19 ,1581.63 , 1508.12 , 1521.84 , 1529.55 , 1517.98 , 1533.14 ) cm - P 1 P for azo dyes (LR1R LR2R , LR3R , LR4R , LR5R , LR6R , LR7R , LR8R) respectively The Acid - Base properties were also studied spectrophotometric using buffer solutions of pH values of (0.67 - 12) in the visible region, From the spectra obtained the protonation an ionization constants of azo dyes were determined by using Half - Height method ,the isopiestic point were also established ,which indicated the suggested mechanism for the ionization and protonation steps.The effect of solvents of different polarities was also studied on the spectra shift in the visible region. It was found that linearity relation between the dielectric constants of solvents and λRmaxR this denotes the dielectric constants at the mediumis the main factor governing the band shift, except for (LR6R) azo dye which give little deviation from linearity . The second part concerns with the ability of azo dye (LR8R) for forming complex with Cu(II) , The optimum conditions for forming stable azo dye - complex were studied like pH effect , kind of buffer solution , time effect and sequence of addition of reagents by aid molar ratios method and Continuous variation method It was found that stable complex was obtained with stoichiometry of 1 : 2 ( M : L ) From calibration curve of (L8) complex , : Sandell sensitivity 2.492× 10 - 3 μg cm - 2, Detection limit 0.00977 μg ml - 1, Standard deviation 0.00193, Correlation coefficient 0.994 , molar absorbitivity coefficient 2.547×104 L mol - 1cm - 1 , specific absorbtivity 0.4012 ml g - 1cm - 1 and obeyness of Beer's law linearity up to 3.20 ppm The effect the interference of some important cations and anions of concentration (1 - fold, 5 - fold and 10 - fold ), the stability of this complex was showed through determination of their conformation constants (stability constants) by use the corresponding solution method ,by aid of using half value method .this complex had been characterized by (FT - IR) according to the different of shift relativity abundance of same active groups bundle complex comparison with privately dyes ; the azo group ( - N=N - ) and (C=N) groups.,the percentage to metal (Cu) in the complex determine by using of result Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy where found approximate the same between theoretical and measurement.The third part : involved solvent extraction of Copper(II) ions from its aqueous solution by using L8 to organic solution. This study include limitation of optimum conditions for complex formation of highest observed absorbance of λmax at complex : such as (pHex=7) ,ions concentration Copper(II) 15μg effect shaking time of two immiscible phase 15 min .the distribution ratio (D*).and extraction percentage (%E) were determination.Organic solvent effect study appeared there is not any linear relation between dielectric constant (D) of organic solvents and distribution ratio (D*) that’s mean there is not any effect for polarity of organic solvent on extraction method but there is an effect for organic solvent structure which is participate in the structure of ion pair complex extracted by formation tight ion pair or loose ion pair as well experiment result illustrate chloroform organic solvent it was the best organic solvent in extraction .Thermodynamic study include Temperature effect on extraction efficiency the experimental results demonstrate the reaction was exothermic for Copper(II) with organic reagent (LR8R) endothermic reaction , after calculation thermodynamic data ΔHRexR , ΔGRexR , ΔSRex Rshow entropy values was high that is mean complexion reaction is entropic in region

تحضير وتشخيص ودراسة الفعالية البايولوجية لبعض النايترونات الدايمرية الجديدة == Synthesis, Characterization and Biological Activity Studies of New Dimers Nitrones

Author name: فرح هاشم حسين الهاشمي
Supervisor name: عباس فاضل عباس | مؤيد عبد العالي حسين
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This thesis is concerned with the synthesis and characterization of two new series : 1. A series of heterocyclic compounds which have been prepared from the reaction of urea, thiourea , hydroxylamine and hydrazine hydrate with compound of prepared chalcone in the presence of sodium hydroxide following table shows these compounds : symbol Name and Structure 1A O N O2N NO2 3,5 - bis(4 - nitrophenyl) - 4,5 - dihydroisoxazole 1B HN N O2N NO2 3,5 - bis(4 - nitrophenyl) - 4,5 - dihydro - 1H - pyrazole O2N NO2 N N OH 4,6 - bis(4 - nitrophenyl)pyrimidin - 2 - ol O2N NO2 4,6 - bis(4 - nitrophenyl)pyrimidine - 2 - thiol 2. A series of dinitrone compound that described by the following forms : Symbol Structure These two series identified by IR , 1H NMR and mass spectroscopic techniques.The biological activity of the prepared compound was investigated against two types of germs (Gram positive and negative) and it has found that these compound the study showed that some of these compounds effective against bacteria positive without negative , as the focus was to measure the minimum inhibitory (MIC) to them.

التحلل الضوئي لمحاليل 2,3 - ثنائي مثيل فينول باستخدام العوامل النانوية وغير النانوية ZnS وSnO2 , TiO المساعدة الضوئية == photo degradation of 2,3 - di methyl phenol solutions using nano and non nano photo catalysts of TiO2 , SnO2 and ZnS

Author name: فائز سمير صالح
Supervisor name: علي حسين الموالي | مؤيد نعيم خلف
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The work presented in this thesis is concerned with the preliminary study of semiconductor assisted photochemical degradation of 2,3 - dimethyl phenol by using powder and nano particles of TiO2 , SnO2 and ZnS . Degradation of 2,3 - dimethyl phenol was carried out by using ultraviolet light at wave length of 267 nm in the presence of oxygen . The absorptivity of 2,3 - dimethyl phenol decay was measured in the presence of u.v light and compared with the absorptivity in dark . The rate of degradation is increased with the weight of photocatalyst and reach maximum value of 0.1 gm (TiO2) , 0.5 gm (ZnS) and 1 gm (SnO2) . In this thesis , the effects of various operating parameters of the photolytic degradation of 2,3 - dimethyl phenol are presented . It was found that different parameters , such as type of photocatalyst , composition , light intensity , initial substrate concentration , amount of catalyst and pH of the reaction medium can play an important role on type and particle seize of nano TiO2 , ZnS and SnO2 play an important factor for acceleration the photo degradation . The activity of the nano particles was found in the order : TiO2 ZnS SnO2The results of photo degradation are represented by Langmuir - Hinshelwood relationship and indicate that the results are pseudo first order.The particle seize of TiO2 , ZnS, and SnO2 was estimated using XRD technique .

دراسة حيوية لمستخلص اوراق نبات الدودنيا ضد مرض سرطان الثدي البشري == Biochemical Study of Dodonaea viscosa (L.) Jacq. Extracts on the Anti - Human Breast cancer

Author name: غزوان ذياب موسى العمري
Supervisor name: علي عبد الواحد عبد الحسين الشاوي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

تحضير وتشخيص راتنجين بوليمرين جديدين من اعادة تدوير نفايات متعدد ترفثالات الاثلين (PET) وتقييم كفاءتهما في تثبيط تاكل مادة حديد الصلب الكربوني في الوسط الحامضي 0.1 M HCl == Preparation and Characterization of TwoNew polymeric resins from recycle waste Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET) and evaluated its efficiency As to Inhibit the Corrosion of Carbon Steel alloy in Acidic Media (0.1M) HCl

Author name: علي حسين ياسر العبادي
Supervisor name: مؤيد نعيم خلف | علاء سامي خلف
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The research included synthesis ,characterization and evaluation of two new corrosion inhibitors (Bis(2 - ((2 - hydroxyethyl) thio) ethyl) terephthalate (BHET) and Bis(2 - ((6 - Mono malic acid - hydroxyl ethyl ester) sulfonyl) ethyl terephthalate (BHMET) from recycled waste polyethylene terephthalate .The best percent of the two corrosion inhibitors were reached after many experiments, which included study many factors like temperature, the equivalent weight of reactants and others. The synthesized corrosion inhibitors were characterized by FTIR and 1HNMR spectroscopy and thermal analysis . As measured for inhibitors thermal stability TGA&DTA has been found to be inhibitors stable thermally It was found that the inhibitor (Bis(2 - ((2 - hydroxyethyl) thio) ethyl) terephthalate stable up to a temperature (240) ˚C and the inhibitor Bis(2 - ((6 - Mono malic acid - hydroxyl ethyl ester) sulfanyl) ethyl terephthalate stable up to a temperature (230) ˚C This is evidence of its effectiveness within these thermal grades of industrial processes, particularly their work inhibitors corrosion.The two inhibitors were evaluated as corrosion inhibitors using hydrochloric acid as corrosion media for carbon steel alloy( carbon steel C1010) . The factors effect on the rate of corrosion like temperature , concentration of inhibitor were studied by the electrochemical technique using the Tafel plot.The obtained results at temperatures range ( 298 - 328) K and concentrations (10 - 50) ppm were used to calculate many factors that determined the efficiency of the inhibitor like : corrosion rate , corrosion current , charge transfer resistance , Anodic Tafel constant , Cathodic Tafel constant , corrosion potential and inhibitor efficiency. It was observed that the corrosion rate increases with increase of temperature and decreases with increase of the inhibitor concentration in the same temperature. The Results showed that both inhibitors had very high inhibition in reducing the corrosion rate .The inhibition efficiency reached (97.1%) for (Bis(2 - ((2 - hydroxyethyl) thio) ethyl) terephthalate for the 40 ppm at (308) k and (96.2%) for the Bis(2 - ((6 - Mono malic acid - hydroxyl ethyl ester) sulfonyl) ethyl terephthalate for the 50 ppm at (298) k.Many thermodynamics functions was calculated ,activation energy Ea , activation entropy ΔS* , activation enthalpy ΔH* and free energy ΔGads during the different experiment conditions, which was indicated of the corrosion inhibition efficiency and the type of the inhibition. The obtained results showed that the two inhibitors were very efficient to reduce the corrosion rate in the acidic media and from the ΔGads data the type of adsorption was physisorption and chemisorption. because the value of ΔGads was higher than ( - 20 KJ/mol) and less than ( - 40 KJ/mol).

تحضير وتشخيص ودراسة الفعالية البايوكيميائية لبعض مشتقات ? لاكتام

Author name: عذراء محمد علي
Supervisor name: علي هاشم عيسى | سميرة احمد زيارة
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The Staudinger reaction of imines to β - lactams was successfully achieved using chloroacetyl chloride and tertiary amines in dry toluene under mild conditions. Two new types of β - lactams have been synthesized by this versatile and efficient method in good to excellent yields.R2 R1 الرمز Br NO2 A CN NO2 M OCH3 OCH3 F Br OCH3 B The imines were synthesized according to the literature procedure by reaction of substituted aldehydes and substituted anilines.The chloroacetyl chloride has been synthesized by the reaction of chloroacetic acid with phosphorus pentachloride (PCl5) and used directly with out any purifications.All products were characterized using IR, H and C NMR. This method is simple, clean, and the by - products were removed by simple aqueous work - up. The effects of solvents, molar ratio of reagent, and the temperature were considered.The antibacterial acttivity of the compounds A, M and F has been studied on gram positive isolates (Staphylococcus aureus and Bacillus) and gram Negative isolates (E. coli and Psedomonas), in comparison with standard antibiotics which are : Ampicillin, Amoxicillin and Cephalexin.The results showed the influence of the effectiveness of inhibitory compounds on all bacterial isolates at concentration (250 mg / ml). The study also included the estimation of minimum inhibition concentration of these compounds at all examined bacterial isolates. The results showed the contentiously effectiveness of the compounds (A, M) in the inhibition of the gram positive Staphylococcus aureus spp. up to focus (25 μg / ml). In addition, our study includes determination of the effect of compounds A, M and F on human fresh red blood cells as cytotoxicity in concentrations (1,5,25,50,250 mg / ml). The results were revealed that there was non - hemolysis of red blood cells, so it can be considered these compounds are non - toxic on the human red blood cells.The effect of studied compounds (A, M, F) at concentrations (50, 125, 250 mg / ml) dissolved in DMSO solution, were determined to detect the symptoms of hypersensitivity test using the domestic rabbits, no appearance of any symptoms were observed for hypersensitivity Lalani swelling and redness, or itching after injection of these compounds for the first time, as well as after the exposure to these compounds after Done week measure, the level of antibodies type lgE and white blood cells type acidic Eosinophil, were measured after injection of these compounds which not get any significan

تحضير ودراسة فاعلية بعض مركبات بس (اندازول - 6 - ايمينو) - 9,10 - انثراسين المعوضة الجديدة كمثبتات ضوئية ومضادات اكسدة == Synthesis and Study of Photostablization and Antioxidant Activity of Some New Bis(Indazole - 6 - Imino)substituted - 9,10 - Anthracene Compounds

Author name: عبد الرحمن نوري ايوب
Supervisor name: علي حسين الموالي | حنان عبد الجليل الهزام
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تعنى هذه الرسالة بتحضير بعض قواعد شف الجديدة (A1 - A4) كمثبتات ضوئية ومضادات اكسدة من تفاعل 6 - امينو اندازول ومشتقات الانثراكوينون باستخدام حامض بارا - تلوين سلفونك . توضح الاشكال ادناه الصيغة التركيبية للمركبات قيد الدراسة. 9,10 - di((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino)anthracene(A1) 9,10 - bis((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino) - 9,10 - dihydroanthracene - 1,2,5,8 - tetraol(A2) 9,10 - bis((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino) - 2,4 - dibromo - 9,10 - dihydroanthracen - 1 - amine(A3) 9,10 - bis((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino) - 4 - amino - 9,10 - dihydroanthracen - 1 - ol(A4) شخصت المركبات باستعمال تقنيات تحليل العناصر الدقيق CHN ومطيافية الاشعة تحت الحمراء ومطيافية الرنين النووي المغناطيسي وقد اثبتت هذه التقنيات صحة المركبات المحضرة. درس التثبيت الضوئي للمركبات المحضرة باضافة نسب وزنية متفاوتة لكل منها (2% ، 4% ، 6% ، 8%) الى البولي اثلين وصنع منها افلام رقيقة وشععت بواسطة اشعة تحت الحمراء لمتابعة شدة حزمة الكاربونيل . وقد تبين من هذه الدراسة بان المركبات تمتلك خاصية حماية البوليمرات من ظاهرة التاكسد الضوئي وتختلف قابلية المركبات كمثبتات ضوئية تبعا للمعوضات التي تمتلكها.وفي طريقة مباشرة درست قابلية المركبات المحضرة كمضادات اكسدة من خلال اضافتها الى الجذر الحر داي فنايل يكرايل هايدرازايل (DPPH) بواسطة استخدام مطيافية الاشعة المرئية عند الطول الموجي 517 نانو ميتر واستعمل حامض الاسكوربيك كمادة مرجعية . وقد تبين من هذه الدراسة فعالية عالية تمتلكها هذه المركبات لقنص الجذور الحرة مقارنة بالمركب المرجعي. | This thesis is concerned with preparation of new scheff bases (A1 - A4) composed from 6 - aminoindazole and Anthraquinone derivatives in presence of P - toluen sulphonic acid .the figures below shows chemical structure of the prepared compounds. 9,10 - di((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino)anthracene(A1) 9,10 - bis((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino) - 9,10 - dihydroanthracene - 1,2,5,8 - tetraol(A2) 9,10 - bis((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino) - 2,4 - dibromo - 9,10 - dihydroanthracen - 1 - amine(A3) 9,10 - bis((1H - indazol - 6 - yl)imino) - 4 - amino - 9,10 - dihydroanthracen - 1 - ol(A4)All prepared compounds were characterized by CHN, Infra - red, UV - Visible Nuclear magnetic resonance.The photostablizer activities of these compounds against low density polyethylene after exposure to Xenon U.V light lamp ware measured and compared with standard photostablizer (BHT).The antioxidant properties of these compounds ware also studied using UV - Visible technique . The results indicate that these materials are very effective as radical scavengers compared with standard ascorbic acid (ASC).

تحضير ايمايدات حلقية ثنائية وبعض مشتقاتها الكبريتية ودراسة خواصها الطيفية والتركيبية , عمليا ونظريا باستخدام نظرية دالية الكثافة == IR, NMR, MS Spectra and Structure of Some prepared Bicyclic Imides and Their Thione Derivatives; Experimental and Density Functional Theory studies

Author name: عادل امعلا ضمد ال ازيرج
Supervisor name: ناجي علي عبود
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The present work involved four parts : First step concerned with the preparation some N, N’ - alkyl (aryl) bismaleimic acidsvia reaction of twice molar amounts of maleic anhydride and hydrazine for compound(A1), and different alkyl and aryl - diamines for compounds A2 - A7. The reaction wascarried out via nucleophilic attack of amino group in maleic anhydride. The structureof the compound (2Z,2Z’) - 4,4’ - (ethane - 1,2 - diylbis (azanediyl)) bis (4 - oxobut - 2 - enoicacid) (A2) was also unambiguously confirmed by X - ray single crystal structureanalysis. The white crystal crystallizes in the monoclinic system, space group C2/cwith the cell dimensions a =7.108(3), b=7.370(2), c= 20.859(6) Å, β = 91.260(4)oand Volume = 1092.65(6) Å3.Molecule is stabilized by an intramolecular O—H…O hydrogen bond. In thecrystal, molecules are connected through intermolecular N—H…O hydrogen bonds.Intermolecular and intramolecular hydrogen bonds coexist to stabilize the structure.The geometry calculated of compounds A1 - A7 was optimized using a Densityfunctional theory DFT with B3LYP hybrid functional and 6 - 311G (d, p) basis set, andis in good agreement with the structure obtained by the X - ray single crystal structureof compound A2. Also the fundamental vibrational frequencies of vibrational bandswere evaluated.The second part of this study was the treatment of N,N - alkyl and (aryl)bismaleimic acid (A1 - A7) with suitable dehydrating agents lead to dehydration andcyclization producing the corresponding N,N - alkyl and (aryl) bismaleimide (AD1 - AD7).The structure of the compound 1,1’ - (sulfonylbis(4,1 - phenylene)) bis (1H - pyrrole - 2,5 - dithione) (AD7) was also unambiguously confirmed by X - ray single crystalstructure analysis. The colorless crystal crystallizes in the monoclinic system, spaceAbstractix0200040000CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2phenyl4,4' - sulfonyldianilinedirect Aliphatic AromaticWavenumber cm¯¹Types of RCH str.CH2 - N strC=O strC - Ngroup P21/c with the cell dimension a =11.698(3), b=15.002(3), c= 20.053(6)Å andβ = 98.818(2)o Volume = 3478.07(13) Å3.FT - IR spectra show the position of the absorption bands vary with the type andlength of the link spacer (R) between the two maleimide rings on the compoundsAD1 - AD7.The absorption frequency of vinyl group increases with increasing methylene aliphatic chain spacer link between two maleimides ring, the correlation between some absorption bands and the type (direct link or aliphatic or aromatic) and length of aliphatic chain link spacer (R) between the two maleimide rings in the studied compounds AD1 - AD7 shown in the chart below.In the third part, a series of new bisthimalemide derivatives were prepared by thionation the compounds AD3, AD6 and AD7 with Lawesson’s reagent LR. Subsequent reaction of bismaleimimides AD3, AD6 and AD7 with Lawesson’s reagent afforded dithio derivatives.

دراسة حيوية كيميائية لتاثير بعض المعادن الثقيلة على حالة الاكسدة مضادات الاكسدة في عمال محطات البنزين في محافظة البصرة العراق == Biochemical Study of the Effects of Some Heavy Metals on Oxidant / Antioxidant Status in Gasoline Station Workers /Basra - Iraq

Author name: سنان كاظم شنان
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Emission of gasoline and its combustion products are consideredmajor air pollutants with adverse effects on the antioxidant systems in thehuman. The effects of exposure to the vapors of motor gasoline (vehiclesfuel in Basrah), on workers were investigated. The current study included50 workers exposure to gasoline in the gasoline filling stations, ranging inage from 18 to 56 years at a mean of (30.45 ± 9.31), in addition to thecontrol group, which consisted of 50 healthy individuals (non - workingstations filling) ranging in age from 18 to 50 years at a mean of (30.27 ±10.37).The study aims to find a number of biochemical indications and theirrelationship with exposure to gasoline by estimating the activity of the enzyme (δ - aminolaevuIinate dehydratase (ALAD)) which is considered as an indicator of the extent of poisoning by heavy metals, study the activity of enzymatic antioxidant (Glutathione peroxidase (GPx), Superoxide dismutase (SOD), Glutathione reductase (GRx), Glutathione S - transferase (GST), Catalase (CAT)), non - enzymatic antioxidants glutathione reduce glutathione (GSH), study the level of Malondialdehyde (MAD), Total antioxidant capacity (TAC), trace elements (Selenium (Se), Znic (Zn), Copper (Cu), magnesium (Mg)) and heavy metals (lead (pb), mercury (Hg), Cadmium (Cd)) and the results were as follows : 1 - Highly significant decreasing (p <0.001) in workers in the levels of trace elements (Se, Cu, Zn) compared with healthy control, while significantly decreased (p <0.05) in the level of Mg with high significantly increased in the levels of heavy metals (Pb, Hg and Cd) (p <0.001). On the other hand, The results indicated that trace elements (Cu, Mg, Zn, Se) were decreased with increasing of the period of gasoline station workers while for heavy metals (Pb, Hg, Cd) increased were observed.2 - The level of MAD, the end product of lipid peroxidation, was high significantly elevated (P<0.01) contact with a significant decreasing (p <0.05) in the level of TAC in workers when compared with healthy controls. MDA increased with the increase of the period of gasoline station workers. MDA concentrations were increased significantly, indicating the amount of cellular damage. Increase the level of MDA from pollution as the period of pollution, increased might decrease TAC in workers compared with healthy control.3 - Workers group showed a highly significant decrease in the activity of enzymes (SOD, CAT, GPx, GRx, GST, ALAD) and level of GSH (p<0.001) compared with healthy controls. The results showed that increasing the duration of the work in the filling station to produceadecrease in the activity of the enzymes (SOD, CAT, GPx, GRx, GST, ALAD) and level GSH. Also, the current study include the assessment of the impact of heavy metals and MDA on the levels of trace elements (Cu, Mg, Zn, Se), (GSH, TAC) and the activity of the enzymes (SOD, CAT, GPx, GRx, GST, ALAD) through the study of the correlation coefficient (p) and the results were as follows : 1 - The level of MDA showed a highly significant negative correlation with the activity of enzymes SOD (P<0.001) and (GRx, ALAD with p<0.01), a highly significant positive correlation with levels of heavy metals (Pb, Hg, Cd), a significant negative correlation (p<0.05) with levels of (Se, Zn, Mg, GSH) and activity of enzymes (CAT, GRx) and a negative correlation with no significant (P>0.05) with level of Cu and activity of GST in workers.2 - The level of Pb shows a highly significant negative correlation with the levels of trace elements Cu, Zn, Se and activity of enzymes GRx, ALAD (P <0.01), while (p <0.001) with the level of TAC, GSH and activity of enzyme GST, GPx, SOD, a significant negative correlation with level of CAT (P <0.05) and a negatively correlated with no significant with the level of Mg in workers of gasoline stations.3 - The study illustrate also a highly significant negative correlation between Hg level and levels of (Zn, Mg, Cu, TAC) and SOD activity (P < 0.001), while there was a significant negative correlation (P < 0.05) with the level of Se and CAT, GPx, GRx, ALAD activity and a negative correlation, but not significantly with level of GSH and GST activity in serum of gasoline station workers.4 - The level of Cd showed similar behavior of other heavy metals a highly significant inverse correlation with the levels of Se, Cu, TAC and the activity of SOD (p <0.001), a significantly with the level of Zn, GSH and ALAD, CAT, GPx activity (p<0.05), while there was a negative correlation , but not significant (P > 0.05) with levels of Mg and GRx , GST activity in workers.

تحضير بعض قواعد شف الثنائية المتماثلة وغير المتماثلة الجديدة ومعقداتها مع الاوكسوفناديوم ودراسة فعاليتها التحفيزية في تفاعل اكسدة البنزوين == Preparation some of Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical Schiff bases and their oxovanadium complexes and a study of their catalytic activity of Benzoin oxidation reaction

Author name: سماح عباس جهاد
Supervisor name: قحطان عبد عسكر | بشرى كامل جدوع
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: حضرت في هذه الدراسة مجموعة من قواعد شف الثنائية المتماثلة وغير المتماثلة المشتقة من تكاثف اورثوفانلين وبارافانلين وسلسلدهايد وباراكلوروبنزالديهايد وميتانايتروبنزالديهايد مع 2،1 - فنلين ثنائي الامين على التوالي وكذلك قاعدة شف احادية من تكاثف اورثوفانلين مع 2،1 - فنلين ثنائي الامين.شخصت هذه المركبات بتقنيات طيف الكتلة والرنين النووي المغناطيسي ومطيافية تحت الحمراء .اظهرت جميع اطياف IR للمركبات المحضرة حزمه قويه تعزى الى التذبذب الاتساعي لمجموعة - C=N - مما يؤكد تكون قواعد شف. كذلك اظهرت جميع اطياف HNMR1 اشارة بروتون مجموعة الازوميثين ( - HC=N - ) .اظهرت اطياف الكتلة لجميع المركبات ذروة الايون الجزيئ بوفرة نسبية عالية تتفق مع الوزن الجزيئي لكل مركب مما يؤكد صحة التركيب المتوقع.حضرت ثلاثة معقدات للاوكسوفناديوم مع قواعد شف H , A1 , A5 جميع المعقدات المحضرة مستقرة غير متميعة وشخصت باستعمال IR وتحليل العناصر الدقيق وقيسـت التوصيليـة المـولارية لها في مذيب الداي مثيل فورمايد وبتركيز (10 - 3 M ) وكذلك قيس الثبات الحراري لها عن طريق التحاليل الحراريه. ان التوصيلية المولارية الواطئة لمحاليل المعقدات توضح الطبيعة غير الالكتروليتية للمعقدات وخلوها من الشقوق السالبة .وتبين اطياف تحت الحمراء للمعقدات المحضرة مواقع الارتباط اذ ازيحت حزمة C=N الى اعداد موجبة اقل مقارنة مع الليكاند الاصل مما يؤكــد مشاركتها في تكويـــن اواصر تناسقيــة. وظهـــور حزمـــة عريضة عنــد 3500 cm - 1 يؤكد وجود ماء متناسق. ومن دراسة السلوك الحراري للمعقدات لم تظهر المعقدات اي فقدان في الوزن في درجة حرارة الغرفة الى درجه 120 مئوية مما يؤكد خلوها من جزيئات الماء المرتبطة على شكل ماء تبلور . كما اكدت التحاليل عند درجة حرارة 200 0C على فقدان جزيئة ماء متناسقة في المعقدين A1VO, A5VO. وقد اكدت نتائج تحليل العناصر الدقيقة صحة التراكيب المقترحة للمعقدات : درست فعالية المعقدات كعوامل مساعدة لاكسدة البنزوين الى بنزل بواسطه H2O2 في درجات حرارية مختلفة ومذيبات مختلفة وكذلك تاثير الزمن. | Smmetrical Unsmmetric shiff bases have been synthesized from the condensation of o - Vanillin , p - Vanillin , Salcildehyde , p - chlorobenzaldehyde and m - Natrobenzaldehyde with 1,2 - phenylendiamine . All the compounds were characterize on the basis of IR , Mass , HNMR and elemental analysis .The in frared spectra of all compounds shows a strong bond confirmed the formation of imine . The HNMR spectra shows a signal attributed to a zomethine protons at expected region of imine protone The mass spectra of all compounds shows a molculir ion which a ggrement with molecular wight of the suggested structure.The complexes were characterized on the basis of their elemental analysis , IR , Tg/DTg analysis and molar condactance. The low value of molar conductance revelad that the complexes are non electrolyte in nature. The IR spectra of the complexes confirmed the site of chelation hence the complexes showed strong bands due to - C=N - which shifted to lower wave number compared with corresponding Schiff base , also the broad bands at 3500 cm - 1 confirmed the precence of coordinated water.The thermal behavior of the complexes was investigated by means of Tg/DTg measurments under N2 atmosfere up to 600 0C , no loss of weight up to 120 0C which indicated that the totally absence of lattical water molecule in all complexes, complex A1OV and A5OV shows a mass loss around 200 0C which equivalent to loss of one coordinated water molecule. Basid on IR , elemental analysis, molar conductance and thermal analysis a sequar pyramid was proposed for all complexes. The complexes were used as hetrogenous catalyst in the oxidation of benzoin to benzil by H2O2 as an oxidant agent. The reaction was moniterd spectrophotometricaly in the UV region. The effect of temperature , solvents and time was investigated. The catalytic activity was found to follow the order A5VO > HVO > A1VO

تحضير وتقييم ودراسة الاطلاق المسيطر عليه للكيتوبروفين المحمل على بوليمرات ذات خاصية لاصقة للمواد المخاطية == Preparation, evaluation and study controlled release ketoprofen from mucoadhesive polymers

Author name: سرور وليد عبد الرضا الكناني
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: We have used ketoprofen which is found in the local pharmacy and ketoprofen was separated and purified and then measured the melting point and (λ max) were determined for the purpose of ascertainig the purity of the material used.The microspheres were prepared with Sodium alginate by using Sodium alginate with Chitosan and without Chitosan and by using Calcium chloride a cross - linking agent, the microspheres and drug were characterized by IR and photomicrographs microscopy.In vitrostudy of drug release and kinetics of drug release were studied in simulated Gastric fiuid (SGF) and simulated Intensinal fluid (SIF). The results exhibit that the pH value effected on releaseing rate of drug from microspheres, also the samples gave ahigh release rate in pH=(8.2)(SIF) comparison with low values of pH=(1.2) (SGF) .Study The effect of different process parameters such as drug /polymer ratio and sodium alginate /chitosan ratio,on the morphology, size distribution and drug release. The microspheres diameters were found between (400 - 900) μm The rate of ketoprofen released was increased with the increasing of concentration of drug in the microspheresThe release of drug deareasing with increase of polymers. The coefficient of determination indicated that the release data was best fitted with zero order kinetics , Higuchi equation explains the diffusion controlled release mechainism.In this study Nine polymer hydrogel compound were prepared (GI - G9). semi Interpenetra ting polymeric hydrogel (IPNS). From synthuetic polymers Poly electrolyte with poly acrylamide The swelling146146characteristics were studied for all microspheres and semi - IPN hydrogels by determining the swelling ratio (Q)in three differnt pH, it was found that it . depending on components quantities and enoironments.We Niosomes loaded with ketoprofen were prepard and studied rate release drug in (pH=7.4) was studied with decreasing . The results showed that the releasing is increase of Cholesterol, Niosomes was succeeded in cover kp . also prepared gel of Niosomes and Carbopol934 by different concentration of Niosomes and Carbopol934 , The results showed that by ahigh release of drug deincreasing the concentration of Carbopol934 .In biological part , the results show that biological activities of the microspheres loaded with kp exceed biological activities against three types of fungal isolates including Candida albicans, and staphylocoecas aureus in comparison with activity of kp alone.The study consist on the toxicity of these materials which is shown that these materials are nontoxic.

دراسة الصفات الفيزيائية والكيميائية وتقدير الفينولات في المحطات (Hg,Cd,Pb) وبعض العناصر الثقيلة المختارة لمياه شط العرب == Study of physiochemical Properties Determination of phenols and Some Heavy Metals (Hg , Cd , Pb ) in the Selected Station of Shatt Al - Arab water

Author name: سارة كاظم حسین السیامر
Supervisor name: ناظم عبد النبي عواد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The present study was concluded measurement of physical and chemical properties such as pH value, temperature, electrical conductivity, total hardness total solubility of salt, calcium and magnesium hardness, chloride concentration basal, concentration of dissolved oxygen, phosphates, nitrates, concentration of sodium and potassium in addition to, estimation of heavy metal and phenols to sample taken from shatt al - Arab of Qurna to Fao for period From December (2014) to June (2015). The study showed that the water temperature range between (18co - 20.4co) .The pH value were (7.8 - 8.9). Electrical conductivity range between (1118 - 27700ppm) the total hardness. Of studies water sample were (480 - 2600 ppm) Qurna E20. The concentration of lead were (1.8ppm) as the highest value plant (SH4) which located in FAo (marina boats) in plant (SH2) which located in AL Maakal. The study reveated That The highest value 0f mercury were in plant (SH4) which were (18nglmL)in plant which located in water project near The basra airport (F3) and (F5) plant located near Basra international airport The Salty were range (752 - 20000 ppm) in addition, Calcium and Magnesium concentration were (96 - 468ppm) and (43 - 846 ppm) respectively, chloride concentration (122 - 965ppm) while The basal were (l05 - 200 ppm), dissolve oxygen were (8.13 - 17.5 0). phosphates and nitrate were range between (0.10 - 0.62ppm) and (2.24 - 15.53ppm) respectively sodium and potassium concentration to studies sample were (120 - 8800ppm) ( 3.1 - l50ppm) revealed That highest value of cadmium element were in Abu - alkaseeb plant in Al - sankar (SH2B) were (0.099607ppm) while the lowest value were (0.0125819ppm) which were in plant before confluence of Tigris and Euphrates rivers about450m in sediment sample, The highest value of sodium and lead were(0.17Mg.g) and (2.1Mg.g) respectively in SH2B plant while lowest value of cadmium and lead were (0.11Mg.g) and (0.95Mg.g) respectively in F5plant lead element has highest value(2.5Mg.g) in plant SH2B while lowest value were (1.2Mg.g)in plant SH1which located in Al - Hartha before karma Ali river. This study showed that the concentration of phenols were range between (20 - 590ng\l) also, this study showed that Shatt - Al - Arab which consider as main source to water drinking in province of Basra , is currently asking for direct sewage and heavy water without treatment .

تحضير وتشخيص المعقدات الضمنية لبعض ادوية السلفا == Preparation and Characterization of Inclusion Complexes of Some Sulfa drugs

Author name: رؤى قاسم ابراهيم
Supervisor name: جبار صالح هادي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: حضرت في هذه الدراسة ثلاثة معقدات ضمنية لثلاثة من ادوية السلفا هي السلفابروكسلين والسلفابريدين والسلفاميثوكسي بريدايزين مع β - سايكلودكسترين بنسبة مولية 1 : 1 وبطريقتين هما طريقة التجفيف بالتجميد Freeze drying وطريقة العجن Kneading . شخصت المعقدات المحضرة باستعمال تقنيات IR و1HNMR وXRD وDSC وTg وSEM .وقد اظهرت نتائج IR و1HNMR طبيعة التداخل بين جزيئة الضيف والمضيف وبينت بان الحلقة الاوروماتية لادوية السلفا توجد داخل فجوة - CD β الكاره للماء . سلفابروكسلين β - سايكلودكسترين معقد السلفابروكسلين - β سايكلودكسترين واظهرت دراسة XRD لمساحيق الادوية النقية ، وبمقارنتها مع المعقد الناتج ان الصفة البلورية لمعظم المعقدات تقل عند تكوين المعقد مقارنة مع السلفا النقية ، وحسبت احجام البلورات Crystal باستعمال معادلة Scherrer ووجد انها بحدود nanocrystalline. كذلك بينت دراسة DSC وTg ان الاستقرار الحراري للسلفابروكسلين يزداد عند تكوين المعقد وبينت نتائج DSC اثبات تكوين المعقد . وكذلك بينت صور SEM للمعقدات الناتجة ان معقد السلفابروكسلين ذات اشكال ورقية ، ومعقد السلفابريدين ذات اشكال قرصية ، اما معقد السلفاميثوكسي بريدايزين فانة يظهر باشكال صفائحية ذات حافات حادة .كذلك درس تاثير تكوين المعقدات على ذوبانية الطور Phase Solubility في المحاليل المائية وتصنف الادوية الثلاث بانها قليلة الذوبان جدا في الماء بحالتها النقية . واستعملت طريقة Higuchi وConnors في تكوين المعقد على الذوبان باستعمال تقنية uv وبينت النتائج ان الذوبانية تزداد لجميع ادوية السلفا المدروسة مع زيادة تركيز CDβ وتتبع للنوع AL للسلفاميثوكسي بريدايزين وAN للسلفابريدين والسلفابروكسلين وحسب ثابت استقرار المعقدات من العلاقة Kc=slope/(S_o (1 - slope)) ووجد انها للسلفابروكسلينM - 1 455.160 وللسلفابريدينM - 1 483.149 وللسلفاميثوكسي بريدايزينM - 1 164.01 والذوبانية تزداد بمقدار 3 - 4 مرات

دراسة الاطلاق المسيطر عليه لعقار الاندوميثاسين من مركبات الاباتيت المحضرة المحتوية على عنصري الكالسيوم والسترونتيوم == Studying Of The Controlled Relaesinng of Indomethacin Drug From Prepared Apatite Compounds Containing Elemantal Calcium And Strontium

Author name: رؤى حسين ناصر
Supervisor name: عبد الامير حسين تعوبي | زكي ناصر كاظم
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This work contains two parts, the first parts includes the preparation of different compounds of apatite and determine the ratios of strontium and calcium and phosphate in the compounds and the second part included the study of release of indomethacin drug from prepared compounds.Different compounds of apatite were prepared and identified such as a compound of calcium hydroxyapatite (Ca10 (PO4)6 (OH)2) which is prepared in three different methods .Hydroxyapatite Strontium compound (Sr10(PO4)6 (OH)2) and Strontium Fluorapatite compound (Sr10(PO4)6F2 ) and composite calcium Fluorapatite compound ( Ca10 (PO4) 6F2) and Strontium - Calcium hydroxyapatite compound ( Ca5Sr5(PO4)6(OH)2 ).All these compounds were identified by Infrared spectroscopy and X - rays, which confirmed the presence of the prepared compounds.Quantitative analysis of the percentage of calcium and strontium in the prepared compounds was conducted using flame atomic absorption spectroscopy. Also the amount of phosphate and then phosphorus was determined by UV - Vis. spectroscopy ( Phosphomolybedenum blue method.) The results showed that the concentrations of the elements mentioned above in the prepared compounds are within the acceptable range for its role in a property biological effectiveness for compounds.The other part has been singled out for studying the release of a indomethacin drug in a laboratory in the prepared compounds and which is used as an anti - inflammatory and analgesic for pain osteoporosis.Porosity tablets of the compounds loading with drug indomethacin for 24 hours and then studied the release of drug from tablets for 48 hours using visible spectroscopy UV function when acidic pH = 7.4 and a temperature of 37 ⁰ m. As the results showed that the release of indomethacin taking a different time for different times of the compounds that arrived at the level at which the release settled between (4 - 8) hours.

تحضير وتشخيص بعض المعقدات التناسقية لصبغات الازو المشتقة من الباراسيتامول ومركبات السلفا ودراسة فعاليتها ضد البكتريا == Synthesis And Characterization Of Some Metal Complexes For Azo Dyes Derived From Paracetamole And Sulpha Compound And Study Of Their Antibacterial Activity

Author name: رواء هشام يعقوب
Supervisor name: طارق علي فهد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: In this study, four ligands were synthesized from prepared by the coupling of 4 - acetamidophenol with some sulfa drugs (sulfadiazine Ld , sulfaguinidine, Lg ,sulfamethazine Lm and sulfapyredine Lp) with parasetamol .These ligands were characterized by elemental analysis, FT - IR. , UV - visible ,1H - NMR , 13C - NMR and mass spectroscopy. The chemical structure of these ligands are suggested as following : Lp={N - (4 - hydroxy - 3 - ((4 - (N - pyridin - 4 - ylsulfamoyl)phenyl)diazenyl)phenyl)acetamide} Ld=N - (4 - hydroxy - 3 - ((4 - (N - pyrimidin - 2 - )ylsulfamoyl)phenyl)diazenyl)phenyl)acetamide) Lg=N - (3 - ((4 - (N - carbamimidoylsulfamoyl)phenyl)diazenyl) - 4 - hydroxyphenyl)acetamideLm={N - (3 - ((4 - (N - (4,6 - dimethylpyrimidin - 2 - yl)sulfamoyl)phenyl)diazenyl) - 4 - hydroxyphenyl)acetamide} The ionization constant of the ligands were determined potentiometrically using the Irving - Rossotti technique at constant temperature 25 °C. The values of the average number of protons associated with the ligands nA at different pH values were calculated. The proton - ligand formation curves are obtained by plotting nA versus pH at constant temperature.Twelve complexes were prepared from above ligands with cobalt, nickel, and copper salts, with molar ratio 1 : 1 (M : L) . These complexes were identified by elemental analysis, FT - IR. spectra, Uv - visible spectra,atomic absorption,molar conductance and megnetice,susceptibility The results were lndicated that the found valaes of C,H,N for prepared complexes were clossed to their theoretical volues . IR Spectra showed that stretching vibration of azo group in the complexes were shifted in comparison with ligands inaddition to appearance of M - N and M - O stretching,UV - visible and magnetic studies gave in idea about geometry and coordination number of these complexes through location of electronic transition and number of unpaired electron in outer energy levels.Atomic absorption measurements explained that the reaction of the ligand with the metal complexes was 1 : 1 molar ratio ,also the perecentage of the metals in the prepared complexes was in good agreement with the theortical values.The molar conductance values of the coordination compounds of mentioned metal ions under investigation were determined using (1.0×10 - 3 mol. L - 1) DMF solvent, The molar conductance and magnetic values suggest the presence of a non - electrolyte.The magnetic moments of Ni(II), Cu(II), and Co(II), complexes were measured at room temperature .Based on the different characterization methods described above, the chemical structures of the prepared complexes were suggested as following.

دراسة الفولتامتري الحلقي والتخليق الكهروكيميائي والتوصيل الكهربائي لبعض مركبات التلوريوم العضوية == CYCLIC VOLTAMMETRY, ELECTROCHEMICAL SYNTHESIS AND CONDUCTEMETRIC STUDIES OF SOME ORGANOTELLURIUM COMPOUNDS

Author name: ديار محمد علي مراد
Supervisor name: علي زايد الربيعي | انيس عبد الوهاب النجار
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تضمنت هذه الدراسة على جزئين ، فالجزء الاول يتعلق بدراسة السلوك الكهروكيميائي لمركبات ثنائي فنيل ثنائي التلوريد وبس(2 - امينو - 5 - مثيل فنيل ) ثنائي التلوريد وبس(2 - امينو - 5 - بروموفنيل )ثنائي التلوريد باستعمال تقنية المسح الجهدي الحلقي في مذيب رباعي هيدروفيوران وفي درجة حرارة الغرفة .بينت النتائج المستحصلة ان تلك المركبات تعاني انتقالا الكترونيا مفردا خلال عمليتين متعاقبتين اثناء عملية الاختزال .و استعملت تلك التقنية لتحديد مناطق الجهد المناسبة تمهيدا لاجراء التخليق الكهروكيميائي للتلوريدات العضوية غير المتجانسة : اثيل فنيل تلوريد ((1 ، بروبيل فنيل تلوريد ((2 ، بيوتيل فنيل تلوريد ((3، اثيل ( - 2 امينو - 5 - مثيل فنيل) تلوريد (4) ، بروبيل( - 2 امينو - 5 - مثيل فنيل) تلوريد (5) ، بيوتيل ( - 2 امينو - 5 - مثيل فنيل) تلوريد (6)، اثيل( - 2 امينو - 5 - برومو فنيل) تلوريد ((7، بروبيل ( - 2 امينو - 5 - برومو فنيل) تلوريد (8)، بيوتيل ( - 2 امينو - 5 - برومو فنيل) تلوريد (9). شخصت هذه التلوريدات العضوية غير المتجانسة بواسطة تحليل العناصر الدقيق واطياف تحت الحمراء . اما الجزء الثاني فقد تضمن قياس التوصيلية الكهربائية للمركبات : فنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي اليوديد و4 - ميثوكسي فنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي اليوديد و4 - كلوروفنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي اليوديد وفنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي البروميد وفنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي الكلوريد في مذيبي DMSO وDMFالنقيين وعند درجة حرارة 25 مo . اجريت التحاليل المتعلقة بنتائج التوصيلية الكهربائية بطريقة تقنية التقليل للحد الادنى باستعمال اربع معادلات نظرية للتوصيلية وهي معادلات Fuoss - Hsia (فوس - سايا) و) Pitts بتس) الموسعة والمحورة . اوضحت النتائج التحليلية لتلك المركبات بانها لا تتصرف كالكتروليتات قوية في كلا المذيبين وان تفككها ليس بالتفكك التام ، كما لوحظ وجود تفاوت في قيم التوصيلية الكهربائية وفقا˝ لطبيعة المجموعة المعوضة كونها دافعة او ساحبة وكانت حسب الترتيب الاتي : ومن ناحية اخرى قورنت قيم توصيلية المركب فنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي اليوديد مع المركبين فنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي البروميد وفنيل التلوريوم ثلاثي الكلوريد اذ كانت قيم التوصيلية الكهربائية وفق نمط الترتيب الاتي | The present study divided into two sections, firstly , the electrochemical behavior of diphenyl ditelluride ,bis(2 - amino - 5 - methyl phenyl)ditelluride and bis(2 - amino - 5 - bromo phenyl)ditellurid have been investigated by cyclic voltammatry in THF at room temperature. The results showed that all these compounds suffer of two single successive electron transfer through the reduction process. This technique was used to determine the best voltage regions in order to carry out the electrochemical synthesis of unsymmetrical organic telluride, i.e : ethyl phenyl telluride (1), propyl phenyl telluride (2), butyl phenyl telluride (3), ethyl (2 - amino - 5 - methyl phenyl)telluride (4), propyl(2 - amino - 5 - methylphenyl)telluride(5), butyl (2 - amino - 5 - methylphenyl) (6),ethyl(2 - amino - 5 bromophenyl)telluride(7), propyl(2 - amino - 5 - bromo phenyl) telluride(8) and butyl(2 - amino - 5 - bromophenyl) telluride(9). All mentioned compounds were characterized by CHN and IRspectroscopy. secondly, the electrical conductances of phenyl tellurium triiodide , 4 - methoxy phenyltellurium triiodide , 4 - chloro phenyltellurium triiodide , phenyltellurium tribromide and phenyltellurium trichloride have been measured in both DMSO and DMF solvents at temperature 25oC .The evaluation of conductance data was carried out by minimization technique using the theoretical conductance equations of the complete and modified forms of Pitts and Fuoss - Hsia . Analytical results showed that these compounds do not behave as strong electrolytes in both solvents , and that their dissociation are far from complete . The low conductances of these electrolytes may be attributed to the formation of ion - pairs. The presence of donating or withdrawing groups on benzen ring affect the electrical conductivity and the following trend was obtained : Finally ,the sequence of increasing the conductaces of the three studied phenyltellurium trihalides is given below :

تحضير ودراسة بايلوجية لبعض مركبات البايرزول == Preparation and biological study of some pyrazole compounds

Author name: خنساء صقر سعود
Supervisor name: نزار لطيف شهاب الدين
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Education For Pure Sciences
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The present study includes the preparation of some pyrazolines derivatives includes their characterization and their biological activity.Chapter one the introduction shows the literature survey and related important reactions for pyrazolines .While chapter two shows the details of the preparation for each types in details 36 pyrazoline product were prepared from 6 types of (cha/cones) Benzalacetophenones and six different hydrazine ( hydrazinehydrate , phenylhydrazine, semicarbazide, thiosemicarbazide 2,4 - dinitrophenylhydrazine and phenylthiosemocarbazide ).Chapter three shows all the results which proved the chemical structures of some selected compounds by using I.R, 1H - NMR, 13C - NMR, CHN, and mass. Spectroscopy we found abnormal case in pyrazoline derivatives especially in the ring once have - CH2 like in (P1and P10) and compounds (P8 and P13) does not have the methylene protons this exception was happened due to modification in procedure. Finally the biological activity for some selected compounds were used and compared with standard drugs and its shows moderately to good activity.

دراسة تحليلية وحرارية وحساب الثوابت الثرموداينميكية والفعالية البايولوجية لمعقدات قواعد شف جديدة لعناصرCo,Ni,Cu == Analytical study ,Thermodynamic and Biological Calculation for new Schiff base Complexes of ( Co,Ni,Cu )

Author name: حسين ناصر حمادي
Supervisor name: هناء حميد حداد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Synthesis of Schiff base during the condensation of salicylaldehyde with substituted aniline in ethanolic acid medium using glacial acidic acid are reported . Metal complexes of ( Cu , Ni , Co ) as hydrated acetate salts ,the dehydration of salts was carried out by drying the hydrate salts in oven for several hours at 100 - 110 C . Several spectral techniques such as UV - Visible , FTIR and CHN analysis were used to identify the chemical structures of the reported ligands and there complexes . Mole ratio and continuous variation showed that the (M : L) ( 1 : 2 ) ratio for all metal - complex . The antibacterial was investigated against two pathogenic bacteria namely  Aeromomas hydrophila ( - ) , Staphylococcus aureus (+) the result showed that both ligands and complexes are biologically active .Thermo gravimetric analysis ( TG ) for all complexes were also evaluated their thermal degradation studies using TG analytical methods , thermodynamic parameters ( ΔS , ΔH , ΔG ) were evaluated from TG curve using Vant Hoff method

تحضير وتشخيص بعض قواعد شف المتماثلة الجديدة ومعقداتها ودراسة بعض بوليمراتها دراسة تحليلية وحرارية == Synthesis , Characterization of some new Homologous Schiff base and its Complexes with Analytical and Thermal Study of some their Polymers

Author name: حسنين رعد عبد الكريم
Supervisor name: زكي ناصر السكيني | علي عبد الرزاق العطبي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: A novel bidentate schiff bases were prepared from the condensation of 1,4 - bis - (aminomethyl)cyclohexan with 2,4 - dihydroxy acetophenon and 2,4 - dihydroxy benzaldehyde.Metal complexes of Co (III) , Cu (II) and Ni (II) with Schiff base A , B and C were prepared.A , B and C Schiff bases and their metal complexes were characterized via UV - Visible, FTIR and NMR. The metal complexes are expected to be octahedral in geometry based on physicochemical and spectroscopic analyses. New resins PoA and PoB were prepared by mixing Schiff base A and C with MDI respectively , thermogravimetric analysis of resins proved a good thermal stability.The study of loading capacity of resins towards transition metals showed that the PoA and PoB had high selectivity toward lead and zinc respectively.

تحضير وتشخيص بعض البوليمرات لازالة بعض ايونات العناصر والبنتونايت من مياه الفضلات == SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTARIZATION OF SOME POLYMERS FOR THE REMOVAL OF SOME HEAVY METAL IONS AND BENTONITE IN WASTE WATERS

Author name: حسن ثامر عبد الصاحب ذياب
Supervisor name: عبد الامير حسين تعوبي | صلاح شاكر هاشم
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تضمنت الدراسة الحالية عزل بعض المركبات البوليمرية الطبيعية وهي : الكيتوسان,اللكنين والتانين من مصادر طبيعية وهي قشور الروبيان , السائل الاسود وورق الغار على التوالي , ومن ثم تحضير ثلاث بوليمرات متشابكة منها باستخدام البيوترالديهايد كعامل تشابك والبوليمرات المحضرة هي : الكيتوسان المتشابك مع اللكنين : P1 الكيتوسان المتشابك مع التانين : P2 التانين المتشابك مع اللكنين : P3 تم تشخيص البوليمرات المعزولة والبوليمرات المحضرة بواسطة تقنيات : الاشعة تحت الحمراء , مطيافية الكتلة - كروماتوغرافيا الغاز , الاشعة السينية اضافة الى التحليل الوزني الحراري لتحديد تركيب البوليمرات ومن ثم دراسة التطبيقات التحليلية لها والتي قسمت الى قسمين رئيسين هما : 1 - ازالة الايونات الفلزية : شملت هذه التطبيق دراسة تاثير كمية البوليمر , الاس الهيدروجيني . زمن المزج لاجل تحديد الظروف المثلى لازالة بعض ايونات العناصر الثقيلة ثنائية التكافؤ : الكادميوم , الكوبلت , الرصاص والزنك من المحاليل المائية حيث اظهرت التجارب ان الايونات الفلزية ازيلت بكفاءة عالية عند دالة حامضية تساوي 8 لجميع البوليمرات المدروسة . واظهرت نسبة واطئة من انتفاخ البوليمر وان هاتين الخاصيتين اساسيتين للبوليمر والذي بالامكان استخدامه كرا تنج لازالة الايونات . كذلك بينت الدراسة الحالية ان العدد الكبير من مجاميع الهيدروكسيل ومجاميع الامين على البوليمرات المحضرة (P1 ,P2 ,P3) اظهرت كفاءة امتزاز اعلى من الكيتوسان واللكنين والتانين بذاتها لذلك من الواضح ان جميع البوليمرات المحضرة اظهرت كفاءة عالية وانها بالامكان استخدامها مرة اخرى بعد اعادة تنشيطها باستخدام حامض الهيدروكلوريك ذو تركيز (3 عياري) خصوصا (P1 ,P2 ,P3) والتي اظهرت كفاءة ازالة عالية للايونات اعلى من 99% باستخدام اقل كمية من البوليمر واقل زمن (2,5 ساعة) وسهولة الترشيح عما في حالة استخدام الكيتوسان واللكنين والتانين.2 - التخثر والنزول : هدفت هذه الدراسة الى بحث تطبيق البوليمرات العضوية المعزولة والمحضرة والحاوية على مجاميع الهيدروكسيل ومجاميع الامين . حيث استخدمت هذه البوليمرات كمخثرات لازالة تعكرية اطيان البنتونايت من المياه ويعود ذلك الى وجود مجاميع الهيدروكسيل ومجاميع الامين الفعالة في تركيبها . بينت الدراسة الحالية ان المعاملة الكافية للمياه تتطلب عناية خاصة . اجري كشف الجار واختبرت كفاءة هذه البوليمرات لازالة تعكرية اطيان البنتونايت تحت ظروف مختلفة وهي : كمية البوليمر , الاس الهيدروجيني , سرعة المزج اضافة الى زمن النزول. وكذلك تم استخدام نوعين من المياه : مياه خام ومياه محضرة لايجاد ميكانيكية ازالة اطيان البنتونايت والعلاقة بين الازالة وخصائص البوليمر. بينت الدراسة ان استخدام البوليمرات المتشابكة (P1 ,P2 ,P3) لازالة اطيان البنتونايت يؤدي الى ازالة بكفاءة عالية جدا اعلى من 99% وذلك لان كفاءة الازالة ليست فقط ناتجة من اختزال البنتونايت الموجودة في الماء الى ادنى مستوى ولكن ايضا في انتاج حجم اطيان واطئ النسبة اقل من 10% من حجم الماء .كذلك ان استخدام البوليمرات المتشابكة سوف يقلل كمية المخثر المستخدم الى اقل من النصف وكذلك يقلل كلفة المخثرات الكيمياوية الى الثلث. وعموما ان استخدام المخثرات (P1 ,P2 ,P3) يؤدي الى تنزيل الاطيان بشكل اسهل واقوى واكبر من الكيتوسان , اللكنين , التانين بذاتها. حيث اظهرت البوليمرات المحضرة (P1 ,P2 ,P3) كفاءة امتزاز ممتازة بلغت 99,8% , 99,6% , 99,8% عند الظروف المثلى. ان الطريقة الفيزيو - كيميائية المستخدمة في الدراسة الحالية لمعاملة المياه تتمثل بصورة رئيسية بالبساطة ,السهولة , الكلفة الواطئة , اضافة الى كفاءة الازالة الممتازة.كذلك ان استخدام المعاملة الفيزيو كيميائية ينتج مياه بنوعية جيدة.

تحضير ودراسة الفعالية البايلوجية لبعض مركبات 4 - ثايازوليدينون المشتقة من 1, 4 - ثنائي هايدروبريدين الجديدة == Synthesis and Biological ActivityStudy of Some new 4 - Thiazolidinone compounds Derivatives From 1, 4 - Dhydropyridine

Author name: تحسين صدام فندي المذخوري
Supervisor name: تحسين عبد القادر
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Doctorate
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: تضمنت الدراسة تحضير بعض مركبات الثايازوليدينون المشتقة من ثنائي هايدروبريدين في خمس خطوات الخطوة الاولى : تحضير ثنائي هايدروبريدين (TA1) من مفاعلة بارا هايدروكسي بنزلديهايد مع مولين من الايثل اسيتو اسيتيت وهيدروكسدالامونيوم في الايثانول كمذيب في خطوة واحدة كما في المعادلة الخطوة الثانية : تحضير المركب (TA2) من تفاعل المركب (TA1) مع كلورو ايثايل اسيتيت بوجود كاربونات البوتاسيوم في DMF كمذيب كما في المعادلة الخطوة الثالثة : تحضير DHPs - hydrazide (TA3) من تفاعل الهيدرازين مع المركب (TA2) في الايثانول كما في المعادلة الخطوة الرابعة : تحضير مركبات الهايدروزونات (TA4 - TA15 ) من تفاعل المركب (TA3) مع عدد من الالديهايدات الاروماتيه باضافة قطرتين من حامض الخليك الثلجي كعامل مساعد في الايثانول كما في المعادلة الخطوة الخامسة : تحضير مركبات الثايازوليدينون (TA4a,TA6a - TA15a) من تفاعل المركبتو حامض الخليك مع مركبات الهايدروزوناتالمحضرة في الخطوة السابقة وباستخدام كلوريد الخارصين ZnCl2كعامل مساعدفي DMFكما في المعادلة شخصت المركبات المحضرهبالطرق الطيفيه مثل تقنية الاشعه تحت الحمراء FTIR وتقنية الرنين المغناطيسي للهيدروجين والكاربون والنتروجين 1H - NMR و13C - NMR و15N - NMR وDEPT - 135 - 13C - NMRبالاضافة الى اطياف الكتله تقنيةESI.تميز طيف IR للمركب TA1 بظهور حزمة عريضه عند cm - 13500 - 3150 واخرى عند 1660cm - 1تعود للتذبذب الاتساعي لمجموعتيOH/NH المتداخله وكاربونيل الاستر على التواليكما بين طيف 1H - NMR اشارات احايه عند الازاحه الكميائيه 9.09ppmδ وδ8.70ppm تعود لرنين بروتون مجموعةOH الفينوليهوبرتون NH العائد لحلقة DHP على التوالي وفي المركب TA2تظهر حزمتيننتيجه للتذبذب الاتساعي لمجموعتي الكاربونيل الاستريه عند العدد الموجي 11743cm - و1691cm - 1واظهر طيف 1H - NMR للمركب TA2اشارتين جديدتينالاولى متعدده نتيجه لرنين بروتوني OCH2 والثانية ثلاثية تعود الى رنين بروتونات CH3 للممجموعة الاستريه OCH2CH3 - عند الازاحه δ4.15ppm وδ1.20ppm وعلى التوالي كما بين طيف المركب TA2 ايضا اختفاء الاشارة العائده لرنين بروتونOH عند δ9.09ppm وظهور اشارة احاديه عند δ4.69ppm تعود لرنين بروتوني OCH2COمما يثبت ان مجموعة الهيدروكسيل الفينوليه هي التي عانت تفاعل اضافة وليس مجموعة الامينNH التابعة لحلقة DHP.واظهر طيف IRللمركب TA3تغير في التذبذب الاتساعي لمجموعة الكاربونيل من العددالموجي 1743cm - 1 الى عدد موجي اقل 1662cm - 1دليل على تكون المركب 3TA وفي طيف 1H - NMR للمركبTA3 فقد اظهر اشارتين احاديتين عند الازاحات الكيميائيه δ9.27ppmوδ4.30ppm نتيجة لرنين بروتونات NH وNH2 على التوالي. كما اظهر طيف IR لمركباتالهايدروزونات حزما لمجموعة الازوميثين الجديده عند العدد الموجي cm - 11612 - 1604دليل على تكون مركبات الهايدروزونات كما اظهرطيف1H - NMR للمركبات (TA4 - TA15)اشارة تعود لرنين بروتون مجموعة الازوميثين - N=CH - عند الازاحه الكميائيه δ(7.91 - 8.37)ppm مما يؤكد ذلك. اما بالنسبة لمركبات TA4a,TA6a - TA15a))فقد اظهرطيف IR عند 1718cm - 1 - 1672تعود الى التذبذب الاتساعي لمجموعة كاربونيل حلقة الثايازوليدينون الجديده دليل على تكون مركبات 4 - الثايازوليدينون المشتقة من ثنائي هايدروبريدينكما ان ظهور اشارات جديده في طيف 1H - NMR لمركبات(TA4a,TA6a - TA15a) منها اشارتين جديدتين نتيجه لرنين بروتون ( - SCHN - ) عند الازاحه δ(5.52 - 6.65) ppm وδ (5.16 - 5.67)ppm التي تدل على وجود ايزومرين فراغيين بالاضافه الى اشارات ثنائيه - ثنائيه اومتعدده نتيجه لرنين بروتونات( ( - CH2 - S عند الازاحه δ(4.60 - 3.54) وδ (3.51 - 3.89)ppm كل هذه الاطياف تؤكد صحة المركبات المحضرة بالاضافة الى اطياف13C - NMRوالكتله والتي استخدمت تقنية ESI - MS لدراسة اطياف الكتلة لمركبات الثايازوليدينون وقد اظهرت اطياف المركبات ذروه [M+H] دلالة على اتفاقها مع التراكيب المحتملة. كما اظهرت بعض المركبات TA11a ,TA4a, TA6, TA5 وTA15a فعالية تثبيطية اتجاة بكتريا E.coli وS. aureus , اما المركبات TA7a وTA8a وTA9aو TA12a وTA13a وTA14a لم تظهر فعالية تثبيطية اتجاة جنسي البكتريا S. aureus وبكتريا E.coli , وبينت الفحوصات المختبريه بان المركبات المحضره ذات سمية خلويهcellular toxicity واطئه جدا. | This study includes the preparation some of thiazolidinone compounds derivatives from dihydropyridine in five steps .1st step preparation of dihydropyridine (TA1) from the reaction of4 - hydroxybenzaldehyde with ethylacetoacetate and ammonia under reflux in ethanol . 2nd step preparation (TA2) compound from treated (TA1) with chloroethyl acetate being potassium carbonate (K2CO3) in DMF as a solvent. 3rd step preparedofDHPs - hydrazide (TA3) from(TA2) with hydrazine hydrate in ethanol under reflux.4th step preparation of hydrazonecompounds (TA4 - TA15) from reacted (TA3) with aromatic benzaldehyde dissolved in ethanol and presence acetic acid as a catalyst. 5th step preparation of (DHP - thiazolidin - 4 - one)(TA4a - TA15a) from convertedhydrazone compounds which are (TA4 - TA15) by treated with 2 - mercapto acetic acid in DMF and presence ZnCl2 as a catalyst.All the synthesized compounds were identified by IR, 1H - NMR ,13C - NMR , DEPT - 135 - 13C - NMR, 15N - NMR and mass spectra usingElectrospray Ionization technique.The IR spectral data of compound TA1showed strong band at3500 - 3150cm - 1 and 1660cm - 1due to stretching vibration NH/OHand ester groups, respectively.This was further confirmed by its 1H - NMR spectrum, where it displayed singlet signal at δ 9.09 and δ 8.70 ppm, which are attributed to phenolic OH and NH proton of DHP ring, respectively.The presence of two ester groups were confirmed by its IRshowed strong band at 1743cm - 1 and 1691cm - 1 due to carbonyl ester and amide respectively and 1H - NMR spectrum where in it showed multiple and triplet at δ4.15ppm and δ 1.15 ppm respectively for ester OCH2CH3 group. Appearance of a singlet at δ4.69ppm that corresponds to OCH2CO proton further confirms the proposed structure of the product.In 1H - NMR spectrum of compound TA2 disappearance of OH peak at δ 9.09 ppm clearly established that phenolic hydroxyl group was alkylated but not NH group of DHP ring.In FTIR spectrum of hydrazide TA3 shifting of carbonyl stretching frequency from 1743 cm - 1 to lower frequency 1662 cm - 1 indicated the formation of TA3. Further, its 1H - NMR spectrum displayed two singlet at δ 9.27 and δ 4.30 ppm confirming the presence of hydrazidic NH and NH2 groups. Formation of various hydrazones TA4 - TA15 from hydrazide TA3 was evidenced by their FTIR and 1H - NMR spectra. The IR spectra data of DHPs hydrazone derivatives (TA4 - TA15) showed strong band at1612 - 1604cm - 1 and 1H - NMR spectrumofTA4 - TA15showed a new peak at a singlet signal around δ (7.91 - 8.37)ppm corresponds to - N=CH - proton in the place of a singlet at δ 4.28 ppm confirming its structure.The heterocyclic system of 4 - thiazolidinone has been of compound TA4a, TA6a - TA8a, show two signal of proton - CH ( - SCHN - ) at δ(5.52 - 6.65)ppm and δ(5.16 - 5.67)ppm Corresponding to the two optical isomers form. As well as doublet of doublet or multiple signal around δ(4.60 - 3.54) ppm and δ (3.51 - 3.89)ppm attribute to methylene group( - CH2 - S).The 13C NMR and HRMS (ESI) confirms the proposal structural elucidation of DHPs thaiazolidin - 4 - one derivatives (TA4a, TA6a - TA8a), the ESI reveals the observe [M+H] is good agreement with calculate [M+H] , the biological activity of the synthesis compounds prepared as antibacterial agents as well as low cellular toxicity.

تحضير وتشخيص بعض معقدات الثايوسيانات الجسرية الحاوية على قواعد شف ودراسة فعاليتها البايولوجية == Preparation and Characterization of Some Bridged Thiocyanate Complexes Containing Schiff Base And Study of Their Biological Activity

Author name: بشير جواد كاظم
Supervisor name: مؤيد يوسف كاظم العبادي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: In this study five ligands were prepared from condensation two amines (4 - methyl benzene - 1,2 - diamine and ortho phenylen diamine ) with two aldehydes( 4 - isopropyl benzaldehyde and 4 - diethyl amino benzaldehyde.These ligands were identified by elemental analysis, FT - IR , UV - visible, 1HNMR , 13CNMR and mass spectroscopy. The proposed chemical structure of these ligands are suggested as following : Binuclear tetrathiocyanates complexes [MM'(SCN)4 ; M=Co,Ni,Cd : M'=Cd,Hg] were first prepared by the reaction of metal nitrates with potassium thiocyanate and then solutions from two formed metal thiocyanates were mixed in 1 : 1 molar ratio.Fifteen bridged thiocyanate complexes were prepared from the reaction of Schiff base ligands with binuclear tetrathiocyanate complexes in 1 : 1 molar ratio . These complexes were characterized by elemental analysis, FT - IR , UV - visible ,mass spectroscopy ,atomic absorption ,thermogravimetric analysis, molar conductance and magnetic susceptibilities. The results were indicated that the found percentage of C ,H and N for the prepared complexes were closed to their theoretical values . Also IR spectra showed that stretching vibration of azomethine group in the complexes was shifted in comparison with ligands in addition to appearance of bands belong to bridged and terminal thiocyanates indicating the bonding of ligands with metals. Mass spectroscopy also proved the structure of complexes by displaying peaks of molecular ion and some basic fragments. UV - Visible and magnetic studies gave an idea about geometry and coordination number of these complexes through location of electronic transition and number of unpaired electrons in outer energy levels .Atomic absorption measurements explained that the reaction of th e ligand with the metal complexes was 1 : 1 molar ratio , also the percentage of the metals in the prepared complexes was in good agreement with the theoretical values . It was found that the molar conductance values of the complexes were low indicating that all prepared complexes have non electrolytic properties . Farthermore , some prepared complexes had a good thermal stability depending on some thermal parameters calculated bythermogravimetric carves .In addition , the biological activity of the prepared ligands and theircomplexes were studied by using two types of bacteria (S.aureus , E.coli)and fungi (A.niger , A.ftavus) . It was found that all compounds havesignificant antimicrobial activity . Cytotoxicity of these compounds wasevaluated . These compounds have not toxicity on the red blood cells in comparison with standard compounds such as sodium cyanide .The proposed chemical structures of the prepared complexes were suggested as following : AC1 AC2

تحضير وتشخيص وقياس الفعالية الحيوية لبعض معقدات البلاتين الثنائي مع كلايكوسيد الاميغدالين المعزولة من بذور ثمار المشمش (prunus armenivcal)

Author name: حلا صبري نجم عبد الله
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The abstract of the present work for the synthesis of the new heterocyclic phenolic 1,3,4 - oxadiazole and their chelating polymers is outlined below : Part One : Organic Synthesis.1) Conversion of hydroxy benzoic acid derivatives to their corresponding esters (4 - 9) using standard procedure (Fiesher esterfication). 2) Reaction of hydroxyl benzoate derivatives (4 - 9) with hydrazine hydrate afforded the corresponding acid hydrazides (13 - 15). 3) The reaction of acid hydrazide derivatives (13 - 15) with carbon disulfide in the presence of alcoholic (KOH) yielded their corresponding 5 - (substituted) - phenyl - 2 - mercapto - 1,3,4 - oxadiazoles (19 - 21). 4) 2 - (methyl/butyl thio) - 5 - (substituted) - phenyl - 1,3,4 - oxadiazoles (24 - 27) were synthesized by alkylation reaction in basic media of oxadiazoles with methyl iodide and n - butyl bromide respectively. 5) The acid hydrazides (13 - 15) were treated with carbon disulfide and alcoholic (KOH) to form their corresponding polar salts, namely potassium - 3 - aroyl dithio carbazinate derivatives (16 - 18). 6) The dehydration cyclization reaction of the above polar salts (16 - 18) using hydrazine hydrate afforded the corresponding 5 - (substituted) - phenyl - 4 - amino - 2 - mercapto - 1,2,4 - triazoles (22, 23). 7) Eight new chelating polymers (28 - 35) have been synthesized by the condensation of phenolic oxadiazoles (19 - 20) and phenol or disubstituted hydroxyl phenol (hydroquinone, resorcinol, and catechol) with formaldehyde in (1 : 1) molar ratio in the presence of (KOH) as a catalyst. The structures of the prepared organic and polymeric compounds that have been synthesized were established by physical (melting points, color), elemental analysis (C.H.N, S), FT - IR, H1 - NMR, C13 - NMR and the results obtained are compatible with assigned structures. Part Two : Analytical Study. The chelation ability of these eight polymers were studied for Ag+, Al3+, Ca2+, Cd2+, Co2+, Cr2+, Cu2+, Hg2+, Mg2+, Ni2+, Pb2+ and Zn2+ ions using batch equilibrium method using flame atomic absorption spectroscopy (F.A.A.S). The different factors affecting loading capacities for the studied ions such as type of polymers, pH and treatment time were studied and the results obtained from figures (4 - 1) to (4 - 104) listed in chapter five shows that the loading capacity in (mg ion / g resin) increased with : 1) Increasing the pH value of the studied ion solution.2) Increasing the treatment time. Thermal stability of the eight synthesized polymers (28 - 35) were studied by thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), they showed good thermal stability, these results are discussed in relation with the presence of 1,3,4 - oxadiazole ring in the side group of the prepared networks

تحضير وتشخيص بعض المواد المنشطة للسطوح التوامية ودراسة تطبيقاتها كمواد مشتتة وكاسرة للاستحلاب لمعالجة المستحلبات النفطية == Synthesis and Characterization some of the Gemini Surfactants and study its applications as dispersants and De - Emulsifier to Treatment for Oil Emulsions

Author name: احمد مجيد زيدان
Supervisor name: مهند جواد كاظم الاسدي
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: In this investigation, six Nonionic Gemini surfactants were prepared A1, A2, A3, A4, B1, B2 from Epichlorohydrin. Then these compounds were identified by FT - IR, Mass spectrometry, 1H NMR and 13C NMR. It was found that Nonionic Gemini surfactants with hydroxyl groups which consist of two conventional surfactants joined by different spacers, as shown in the following table.The prepared surfactants were evaluated by determination CMC and HLB values.Five de - emulsifiers were prepared (dA1,dA2,dA3,dA4, dB1) in different concentrations (10, 30, 40, 50) ppm for each compound. After that the prepared de - emulsifiers were compared with the efficiency of the commercial demulsifier (RP6000) with two types of wet crude oil (15 % H2O) that have different asphaltene content were used for the treatment which were sampled from south oil company fields (Zubair, West Qurna). Therefore the separation efficiency in all types of crude oil was found in the following order : dA2 > dA3 > dB1 > dA4 < dA1The present study also included using of A1and B1 as dispersion through dissolution of the prepared surfactants by polar solvent (Ethylene glycol), which decreases the viscosity and increases the surface area to spread of dispersive

تحضير ودراسة الفعالية الحيوية لمعقدات الامينية ثنائية السن مع ايونات ا لبلاتين (III) والروديوم (II) والبلاديوم == Synthesis , Characterization and Biological Activity Study of Some New Compound Containing Amine and Azomethine Group and Their Complexation Reaction with Platinum(II) , Palladium (II) and Rhodium(III)

Author name: احمد ليث عبد الحليم
Supervisor name: عادل علي عبد الحسن | بشرى كامل جدوع
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: This study included the preparation and the diagnosis and study the biological activity of some new organic compounds containing amine and azomethine groups and complexes ions with platinum(II) and palladium (II) and rhodium (III) ions.This thesis is divided into four chapters. In the first chapter, a general introduction for platinum metals group and of their complexes including : amine and Schiff base ligands have been literately reviewed. The concerned complexes have related to drugs potentially are anticancer active, therefore, this chapter summarized the important roles between the structure and activity for potentially active anticancer drugs which containing platinum metal complexes .The second chapter of this thesis shows the preparative methods of two types of ligands. The first type ligands concerned preparation method of two newly bidentate amine ligands namely : N - (3 - phenylpropyl)ethane - 1,2 - diamine (1) and N,N' - bis(3 - phenylpropyl) ethane - 1,2 - diamine (2) by reaction of ethylene diamine with 3 - phenypropyl bromide in 1 : 1 and 1 : 2 mole ratio, respectively. The second type ligands concerned preparative methods of six newly Schiff base ligands by reacting of o - phenylenediamine with 2 - furyldehyde, ferrocenecarboxaldehyde and acetylferrocene in the mole ratio 1 : 1 and 1 : 2respectively namely : N - 2 - furylidinebenzene - 1,2 - diamine (3)N,N' - bis(furylidine)benzene - 1,2 - diamine(4)N - ferrocenidenebenzene - 1,2 - diamine (5)N,N' - bis(ferrocenidene)benzene - 1,2 - diamine (6) N - 1 - ferrocenylethylidenebenzene - 1,2 - diamin (7) N,N' - bis(1 - ferrocenylethylidene)benzene - 1,2 - diamine (8) o , this chapter describes the synthesis of a new twenty four complexes ofPt(II), Pd(II) and Rh(III) ions with ligands (1 - 8) . The third chapter includes the results and discussion. All the prepared compounds 1 - 32 were characterized by elemental analysis CHN, Conductivity measurements , 1H - NMR ,FT - IR and UV - Visible spectroscopic techniques. All the prepared compounds 1 - 32 are in good agreement with the suggested structure. These data confirmed that the prepared ligands 1 - 8 coordinate with Pt(II),Pd(II) and Rh(III) ions by nitrogen atoms of amino and azomethine groups as a bidentate ligands. The molar conductivity study indicate that platinum(II) and palladium (II) complexes are neutral and behave as non - electrolytes in DMSO solvent at room temperature while rhodium (III) complexes behaves as 1 : 1 electrolytes in the same conditions.Antibacterial activity of all the prepared compounds 1 - 32 beside their interaction with human DNA are shown in the fourth chapter of this thesis. The antibacterial activity of compounds 1 - 32 against two types of bacterial : the first negative towards Gram stain (i.e. Escherichia coli) and against positive towards Gram stain (i.e. Staphylococcus aureus) were tested. These data proved that only compounds 1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 20, 29 and 32 have antibacterial activity for growth inhibition of Staphylococcus aureus whereas only 1, 2, 4, 21 and 29 have antibacterial activity for Escherichia coli. On the other hand, DNA interaction study of complexes 9 - 32 with human DNA showed that all these complexes are binding with DNA which is enhances the probability of usingthese complexes as drug alternatives.

تحضير وتشخيص ودراسة الفعالية البايولوجية لبعض مشتقات الثايزولدين == Synthesis, Characterization and Biological Activity Study of Some Thiazolidine Derivativ

Author name: احمد عبد الهادي مجيد الكيمي
Supervisor name: داود سالم عبد
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: الثايزولدين - 4 - حامض الكاربوكسيلي هو عبارة عن حامض اميني كبريتي حلقي, مشابه في تركيبه الى الحامض الاميني البرولين, وينتج من تكاثف السيستاين مع الفورمالديهايد . تمتلك مشتقات الثايزولدين والاستايل ثايزولدين فعالية بايولوجية , وتستخدم في التطبيقات السريرية . تضمنت الدراسة تحضير وتشخيص مركبات جديدة للثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيلك امايد, وتقييم فعاليتها البايولوجية , اذ تم تحضير المركب (T) من تفاعل الترفثالهايد مع السيستاين, ومن ثم مفاعلة مع انهدريد الخليك لتحضير المركب (AT) والذي يمثل تفاعل حماية لمجموعة الامين, بعدها تمت مفاعلة ((AT مع بعض الامينات الاروماتية للحصول على مركبات الثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيلك امايد والجدول ادناه يوضح الصيغ التركيبية للمركبات المحضرة .التسلسل المختصر التركيب الكيميائي الاسم العلمي 1 T 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) ثنائي ثايزولدين - 4 - حامض كاربوكسيلي2 AT 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل) ثايزولدين - 4 - حامض كاربوكسيلي)3 ATA1 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (4 - كلوروفينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)4 ATA2 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - p - تلويل ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)5 ATA3 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (6 - ايثوكسي بينزو[d] ثايزول - 2 - يل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)6 ATA4 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - m - تلويل ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)7 ATA5 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (4 - بروموفينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)8 ATA6 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (2 - ميثوكسي فينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)9 ATA7 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (4,2 - ثنائي برومو فينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)10 ATA8 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (4 - ميثل - - 3نايتروفينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)11 ATA9 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (3 - نايتروفينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)12 ATA10 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (4 - نايتروفينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)13 ATA11 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - (2 - نايترو فينيل) ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد)14 ATA12 2,2 - ( - 4,1فينلين) بس(3 - اسيتايل - N - o - تلويل ثايزولدين - 4 - كاربوكسيل امايد) اظهرت جميع المركبات المحضرة نواتج بحصيلة جيدة , شخصت المركبات المحضرة بواسطة تقنية تحت الحمراء اذ تميز المركبان ((T و(AT) بظهور حزمة قويه عند 3400 - 3550 cm - 1 تعزى لمجموعة OH الحامض الكاربوكسيلي , اما مركبات الامايد ثايزولدين فانها قد تميزت باختفاء الحزمة العائدة للحامض الكاربوكسيلي وظهور حزمة عند3100 - 3350cm - 1 تعزى لمجموعة NH الامايد . كما استخدمت مطيافية الرنين النووي المغناطيسي البروتوني 1HNMR لتشخيص المركبات باستخدام ال DMSO - d6 كمذيب حيث اثبتت التكاملات ومواقع الاشارات صحة المركبات المحضرة , اذ تميز المركب AT بظهور اشارة عند 13.03ppm تعزى لبروتون الحامض الكاربوكسيلي فضلا عن ظهور الايزومرات الفراغية الناتجة من الذرات الكيرالية للثايزولدين , كما تميزت مركبات الامايد ثايزولدين بظهور اشارة عند مدى 8.5 - 12.6ppm تعزى لبروتون NH الامايدية واختفاء اشارة بروتون الحامض الكاربوكسيلي . كما استخدمت مطيافية الرنين النووي المغناطيسي الكاربوني 13CNMR اذ اثبتت مواقع الاشارات صحة المركبات المحضرة . اضافة الى تقنية طيف الكتلة (Mass spectra) التي استخدمت في تشخيص المركبات حيث تميزت جميع الاطياف بظهور ذروات عند الايون الجزيئي لكل مركب. كما درست الفعالية البايولوجية للمركبات المحضرة كمضادات بكتيرية اضافة الى اختبار سميتها, اذ اظهر المركب ATA7 فعالية بايولوجية اعلى اتجاه بكتريا E.Coli وبقطر تثبيط 37ملم مقارنه بالمركبات الاخرى . | Thiazolidine - 4 - carboxylic acid is a cyclic sulfur amino acid , analogous in its structure to proline. It is formed by condensation of cysteine and formaldehyde. Thiazolidine and N - acetyl derivative were reported to possess biological activity and tested for clinical use. This study included preparation and characterization of new compounds of thiazolidine - 4 - carboxylic amide then evaluation of their biological activity, As it was in this study the preparation of compound (T) which were prepared from the reaction of Terphthaldehyde with cysteine, the compound (T) which reacts with acetic anhydride to the preparation of compound (AT) to protect amine a amine group , then reacts compound (AT) with some aromatic amines to obtaine compounds thiazolidine - 4 - carboxylic amide. The table below shows the structure of the prepared compounds. Nomenclature Structure Symbol Comp. No 2,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)dithiazolidine - 4 - carboxylic acid T 1 2,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(N - acetylthiazolidine - 4 - carboxylic acid) AT 2 2,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (4 - chlorophenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA1 32,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - p - tolyl thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA2 42,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (6 - ethoxybenzo[d ] thiazol - 2 - yl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA3 52,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - m - tolyl thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA4 62,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (4 - Bromophenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA5 72,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (2 - methoxyphenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA6 82,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (1,4 - dibromophenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA7 92,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (4 - methyl - 3 - nitro phenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA8 102,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (3 - nitrophenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA9 112,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (4 - nitrophenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA10 122,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - (2 - nitrophenyl) thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA11 132,2' - (1,4 - phenylene)bis(3 - acetyl - N - o - tolyl thiazolidine - 4 - carboxamide) ATA12 14 All the synthesized compounds were good yields . The prepared compounds were identified by FT - IR Spectroscopy as distinguish two compounds (T)and(AT) were characterized by the appearance of strong peak at 3400 - 3500 cm - 1 which attributed to (OH) group for carboxylic acid , on other hand compounds were characterized by the disappearance of peak which attributed to (OH) for carboxylic acid and the emergence peak at 3100 - 3350cm - 1 which attributed to (NH) group for amide. Also we used Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy of the proton (1HNMR) to identify the compounds by using DMSO - d6 as solvent, as it has proved integration and sites signals the accuracy of the proposed , as distinguish compound (AT) was characterized by the emergence of signal at 13.03 ppm which attributed to the proton of carboxylic acid, as characterized compounds amide thiazolidine the emergence signal when the extent of 8.5 - 12.6ppm which attributed to the proton NH amide and the disappearance of a signal proton carboxylic acid . Also we used Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy of carbon (13CNMR) where proven sites signals the health of compounds prepared . In addition, the mass spectrometry technique (MS) was used in the diagnosis of the compound, where all spectra characterized by the appearance of peaks at the molecular ion for each compound. Also , the biological activity of the prepared compounds as antibacterial agents as well as drag toxicity. The ATA7 compound show high activity against E.Coli convoy frustration (37mm) comparison other compounds

تحضير ودراسة التوصيل الكهربائي لبعض املاح الاديبات في محاليلها المائية بدرجات حرارة مختلفة وحساب دوالها الداينميكية الحرارية القياسية اضافة الى اختبارها كمثبتات حرارية لمادة بولي فنايل كلورايد == Synthesis and The Audio Frequency Conductance and thermodynamic studies of Some Metal Adipat salts in Aqueous Medium at Different Temperatures and Use All Salts As Thermal Stabilizers to The PVC

Author name: احمد سالم شنتة السدخان
Supervisor name: انيس عبد الوهاب النجار | زكي ناصر السكيني
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Chemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: جرى قياس ودراسة التوصيلات الكهربائية عند الترددات الواطئة للمحاليل المائية من املاح الاديبات المحضرة بطريقتين : احداهما كيميائية لايونات المغنسيوم والباريوم والكوبلت والنحاس والنيكل والزنك (الخارصين) , والاخرى (ولاول مرة) كهربائية لخمسة منها عند درجات حرارية مختلفة ضمن المدى من 298.15 K وحتى 313.15 K باستعمال جهاز قياس التوصيلية (Conductivity meter) . اجريت التحاليل المتعلقة بنتائج التوصيـــــــلية الكهربائية بطريقة تقنية التقلــــــــيل للحد الادنى (Minimization) باستعمال اربع مــــــــــعادلات نظرية للتوصـــــــيلية وهي مـــــــــعادلات (Fuoss - Hsia وPitts) الموسعة والمحددة . اوضحت النتائج التحليلية للاملاح المستعملة انها جميعا لا تتصرف كالكتروليتات "قوية" وان تفككها ليس بالتفكك التام . كما بينت تلك النتائج ان التوصيلية الكهربائية المنخفضة غير الاعتيادية لتلك الالكتروليتات لا تعزى الى وجود الجزيئات المتعادلة كهربائيا ولكن تعزى الى تكوين مزدوجات الايونات (Ion - Pairs) . كما جرى حساب قيم حاصل فالدن فضلا عن استحصال قيم الدوال الديناميكية الحرارية القياسية (∆H˚ و∆S˚ و∆G˚) لعملية التجمع الايوني عند مختلف درجات الحرارة المشار لها اعلاه بوساطة اعتماد كل من ˳Λ وKA على درجة الحرارة . واخيرا جرى تدوين ومناقشة جميع النتائج المستحصلة . اختبرت الثباتية الحرارية لمادة PVC باستعمال جميع الاملاح واعطت نتائج ايجابيه بهذا الصدد ،اذ مزجت مع PVC بنسب وتم قياس TGA للمزيج . | The audio electrical conductances of aqueous solutions of magnesium, barium , cobalt , copper , nickel and zinc adipate have been measured at various temperatures in the range of 298.15 K to 313.15 K , using an audio frequency conductance bridge. These salts were prepared by two methods chemically and, for the first time, electrochemically method. The evaluation of conductance data was carried out by minimization technique using theoretical conductance equations of the complete and modified forms of Pitts and Fuoss - Hsia. Quantitative results showed that these salts do not behave as ''strong'' electrolytes , and that their dissociations are far from complete . The abnormally low conductances of these electrolytes are not due to the presence of electrically neutral molecules but to the ion - pair formation. The Walden product values, as well as the standard thermodynamic functions (∆H˚ , ∆G˚ , ∆S˚ ) for the association reactions for the four temperatures studied, have been evaluated from the temperature dependent of Λ˳ and KA respectively. All the obtained quantities were reported and discussed . Thermal stability of PVC was studied by using magnesium, barium , cobalt , copper , nickel and zinc adipate as stabilizers

دراسة مستويات بعض مضادات الاكسدة غير الانزيمية وعنصري الحديد والنحاس في مصل دم مرض اضطرابات الغدة الدرقية في محافظة ميسان - العراق

Author name: مهدي عودة محمد الساعدي
Supervisor name: ساهرة غريب صياح
General topic: Chemistry
Specific topic: Analytical Biochemistry
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Science - Chemistry Department
Language: English
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: the current study was designed to measure some Biochemical function in serum of patients with disorder of the thyroid gland (hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism ), which can help in the early detection and follow - up of the malfunction of the thyroid gland.Specimens collected from 124 patients with malfunction of the thyroid gland Specimens were classified accord is to the type of disease ( an overactive thyroid gland = 62 , hypothyroidism = 62) and 62 blood samples in were collected from healthy non - infected persons (control group).The study included measuring automatically the levels of thyroid hormones, (FT4, FT3) and (TSH) in the serum using a Mini - VIDAS . The levels of vitamins (E, C) and beta - carotene , and uric acid were measured , also the levels of some trace elements (iron , copper) ,were measured in the serum three above groups.The results showed the following - :  The results of the present study ,the highest percentage of patients with hypothyroidism were indicated that females and the of malfunction of the thyroid gland is occurred at the third and fourth decade of life. The impact of the genetic factor in patients with excessive secretion of the thyroid gland were higher than in patients with deficient secretion of the thyroid gland. A significant increase in the level of the hormone tri - iodothyronin (FT3) and the level of the hormone tetra - iodothyronin (FT4) and a significant decrease in the level of thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH) in patients with excessive thyroid gland secretion compared to the control group. A significant decrease in the level of hormones (FT3), (FT4) and a significant increase in the level of the hormone (TSH) in patients with hypothyroidism compared to the control group.  Generally, there was a significant decrease in the level of vitamins C,E in the sera of patients with malfunction of thyroid compared to the control group. A significant increase in the level of uric acid in patients with excessive thyroid activity and a significant decrease in patients with thyroid failure compared to the control group.  A Significant decrease in the level of beta - carotene in patients with an overactive thyroid , and a significant increase in the level of beta - carotene in patients with hypothyroidism compared to the control group. A Significant decrease in the level of iron in the sera of patients with malfunction compared to the control group. A significant increase in the level of copper in patients with excessive thyroid activity and a significant decrease in patients with thyroid failure compared to the control group.

المصلحة في عقد التامين البحري : دراسة مقارنة == Interest in the Marine Insurance Contract A Comparative Study

Author name: ديار حطاب قاسم
Supervisor name: علي عبد العالي خشان الاسدي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Commercial Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Private Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:

الحماية المؤقتة للعلامة التجارية : دارسة مقارنة == The Temporary protection for trademark A comparative study

Author name: بان علاء عمر محمد
Supervisor name: حسين عبد القادر معروف
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Commercial Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Private Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Temporary trademark protection is intended to preserve the right to a trademark when by it is concerned with the protection of trademark ownership when Paired with a certain period of time, which varies according to the circumstances in which such protection is legislated, or that may protect the trademark from any imminent attack Or maintained evidence from abuse or aggression when it's occurs, when it takes the form of procedure taken quickly. The importance of the research is that it discusses one of the subjects of intellectual right, which is a trademark that is especially important because of the diversity of these marks that distinguish products and services and gain specialty distinguish them from others, as the attack on the right of the trademark is of a special nature, As entail the damage is not limited to the owner's profits and sales, but may damage the value of the trademark and its moral reputation. The temporary protection of the trademark has it's own Provisions. It has not been directly covered by legislation. The Iraqi legislator has dealt with the provisions of temporary protection sporadically between the texts, making it difficult for us to establish a specific framework for such protection or to adopt a clear idea of it. The problem of research is to clarify the situation of Iraqi law on the establishment of this type of protection and it's domain in object and procedure, and the extent to which this protection coincides with developments at the legislative level in the developed countries that adopted this type of protection, And we will try to answer all these questions in the folds of this research. In the research methodology we will use the comparative analytical method. We will divide the research into two chapters, the first chapter of which isSummary…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..bspecified to the study of the definition of temporary protection of the trademark. We divided it into two topics : The conception of temporary protection for the trademark (first topic)' types and conditions of temporary protections (second topic).The second chapter is specified to temporary protections means for the trademark which divided them into two topics, temporary substantive protections means of the trademark (first topic), temporary procedural protections means of the trademark (second topic). One of our most important findings and recommendations is that temporary trademark protection seeks to preserve the right to a trademark when it is concerned with the protection of trademark ownership when coupled with a certain period of time, which varies depending on the circumstances in which such protection is initiated, On the brand of any imminent attack or keep evidence of aggression when it occurs, when it takes the form of actions taken in a hurry. We recommend that the Iraqi legislator in the Law on Trademarks designate a temporary protection section for the trademark that includes the text of the forms, terms and means of such protection

الدفع بوجود اتفاق التحكيم : دراسة مقارنة

Author name: انوار محمد هادي
Supervisor name: منقذ عبد الرضا علي الفزدان
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Civil Procedure Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Private Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Arbitration is a specific system of litigation under which two or more parties agree to settle their civil, commercial and executive disputes outside of court. Such an agreement has two main aspects; positive and negative. In the first, parties agree to settle their disputes by using arbitration, while in the second; the agreed parties shall not resort to ordinary courts for dispute settlement. Consequently, all conflicting parties and court shall adhere to such an agreement. For example, if either party violates this agreement and resorts to legal proceedings, the court shall reject his claim after having ascertained of a correct arbitration resolution attaining all requirements; yet the court does not refrain from looking the case freely. The beneficial party shall adhere to this arbitration agreement through defence called defence by arbitration agreement, as a technical method of taking effect the obligatory positive aspect agreed upon by laws, which recognize the system of arbitration, but it did not determine a precise concept of this kind of defence; however, this is not considered a deficiency in legalization because minutes and definitions are not set forth therein in the content of the law. It is a deficiency on the party of jurisprudence, which has not determined a certain concept of this defence. It is thought that it is attributable to the difference over the nature of this defence, which is not only limited to the jurisprudence, law but also to and jurisdiction. Laws in comparison differentiate about the nature of traditional defences provided in procedural laws and considering it a certain defence. Defence with arbitration resolution is considered an application of estoppels, which means in jurisprudence prevention of contradictions in acts and sayings. So, either party violating an arbitration agreement, shall be forbidden to take any measure that does

الحماية الجنائية لسلامة الملاحة البحرية للسفن : دراسة مقارنة == Criminal Protection For the safety of maritime navigation of ships

Author name: رنا عبد الرحيم مردان
Supervisor name: محمد علي عبد الرضا عفلوك السلمان
General topic: Law
Specific topic: International Criminal Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Public Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Pat terrorism widespread phenomenon knew no boundaries can limit its scope, the transmission of the scourge of the land to the sea, to threaten the interests of the countries through compromise its security and safety as well as the threat of maritime trade, since compromising the integrity of the safe navigation of ships while sailing became obsessed with fear and anxiety threatens international trade in which the maritime constitute the bulk of national income economies, prompting the international community to stalking to suppress this phenomenon, the criminalization of all illegal acts that affect the safety of maritime navigation of ships planned serious criminal sanctions through legal provisions into national legislation That Iraq is one of those countries that keen on navigation safety of ships maritime terrorist acts threatened her, one of the parties was to ratify the Convention on the Suppression of Unlawful threatened the Safety of Maritime Navigation of 1988, but the problem is sometimes that Iraq, despite its accession to the International Convention of the Organization of navigation marine (IMO), but he did not issue any special legal legislation the safety of maritime navigation after the ratification of the Convention for the criminalization of terrorist acts contained in the Convention and ratified by Iraq, and at other times we find that Iraq has so far lacked a maritime law regulating the rules and provisions of maritime navigation and everything related exploitation sea, in addition to the cancellation of the Iraqi government in the final phase of the days of the US occupation of a number of laws relating to maritime navigation as a law Maritime Authority, as well as inadequate prescribed nationally in pass criminal protection of the safety of maritime navigation of ships and integrated level required by the international Organization for the safety of Maritime navigation criminal legislation . In front of this importance was the motive in choosing the subject of criminal protection for the safety of maritime vessels and its search navigation following the curriculum induction and analysis of the legal texts with the help of the cited legal texts of other nations, and to find out the criminal protection of the safety of maritime ships navigation details will divide my research in accordance with the structure based on three chapters, the first of the concept the safety of maritime navigation of ships, which includes the first two sections allocated first to introduce the safety of maritime navigation of ships, The second was the legal framework for criminal protection of the safety of maritime ships navigation, and dealt with in the second chapter of criminal protection for the safety of maritime navigation of ships, divided separation models for the two sections is also the first annexation of offenses against the safety of the ship and marine facilities, while the second section was for crimes urgent safety of people and protecting the marine environment. The third chapter annexation of the legal implications for offenses against the safety of maritime navigation of ships, divided the class into two sections, the first dealt with the criminal responsibility for offenses against the safety of maritime ships navigation, while the second section has reviewed the international responsibility for offenses against the safety of maritime navigation and the sanctions resulting from it, then followed the conclusion I have reviewed them what our findings and recommendations on the subject of the study

ضمانات محاكمـة المتهم فـي القضاء العسكري العراقي : دراسة مقارنة == Guarantees of the Hearing of the Accutane in the Iraqi A Military Judiciary A Comparative Study

Author name: قاسـم ناظـم سلمان الجنابـي
Supervisor name: عماد فاضل ركاب المالكي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Principles of Military Criminal Trials
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Public Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: اصبحت المحافظة على حق الانسان في حماية قانونية لحقوقه اثناء المحاكمة من اهم المبادئ التي تشغل المجتمع الدولي والداخلي, الا ان هذا الحق يحتاج الى وسيلة لفاعليته خصوصا في النظام العسكري, من هنا يظهر موضوع ضمانات محاكمة المتهم في مرحلة المحاكمة الجزائية, اذ تتجلى اهمية تلك الضمانات في ان الاطار العام يقتضي المساس بحقوق المتهم وحرياته من خلال المحاكمة الجنائية, مما قد يعرضه لمخاطر التجريم والعقاب ثم ما يصيبه من اجراءات تنفيذ ذلك العقاب, ومتى ما تم مراعاتها يمكن تفادي تلك المخاطر او التقليل منها على اقل تقدير, لذلك لجات الدول الى تبني قضاء خاص بها واسند اليه مهمة النظر في القضايا المتعلقة بالقوات المسلحة وافرادها, او قد تمتد في حالات استثنائية معينة الى المدنيين, حيث يقوم القانون الاجرائي العسكري بتنظيم هذه النوع من القضاء, وبيان اجراءات التقاضي امامه مراعيا في كل ذلك تحقيق التوازن بين مصلحتين, مصلحة القوات المسلحة عموما التي وجد لحمايتها بما تتضمنه من المحافظة على الاسرار العسكرية, وسرعة تنفيذ الاوامر من جهة, والحفاظ على القدر اللازم من الضمانات التي يجب ان يتمتع بها المتهم امامه من جهة اخرى.وتطبيقا لما تقدم جاء الدستور العراقي لسنة 2005 في المادة (99) منه بان( ينظم بقانون, القضاء العسكري, ويحدد اختصاص المحاكم العسكرية التي تقتصر على الجرائم ذات الطابع العسكري, والتي تقع من افراد القوات المسلحة وقوى الامن...) وقد ارتئينا ان نسلط الضوء على موضوع ضمانات محاكمة المتهم في القضاء العسكري العراقي من خلال تقسيمه الى ثلاثة فصول, حيث تناولنا في الفصل الاول التعريف بالمتهم في القضاء العسكري, اما الفصل الثاني فقد عني بضمانات المتهم العامة في القضاء العسكري, وفي الفصل الثالث تطرقنا الى ضمانات المتهم الخاصة في القضاء العسكري, وانتهينا بخاتمة تتضمن اهم ما توصلنا اليه من نتائج ومقترحات. | The Juridical Fiqh and bodies concerned with human rights, whether nationally or globally, have paid much attention to guarantees of the accused during the criminal court. This matter has received a huge amount of attention of those who call for human rights, as it maintains dignity and humanity of an individual. The significance of guarantees lies in the fact that the general framework allows prejudicing the accusant's rights and freedom by a criminal hearing. The accused could be vulnerable to risks of conviction and punishment and consequences of executing this punishment. Therefore, States have resorted to adopting their own jurisdiction, which is responsible for considering cases related to the armed forces and their personnel, or may extend, in certain exceptional cases, to civilians, where the military procedural law regulates this type of judiciary. Also, this jurisdiction works on disclosing litigation procedures taking into accounts achieving balance between two interests : the interest of the armed forces, which is generally found to protect it, including the preservation of military secrets, the rapid execution of orders on the one hand, and the preservation of the necessary guarantees that the accused must enjoy, on the other hand. In accordance with the above - mentioned, the Iraqi Constitution of 2005 states in Article (99) that " The martial justice shall be regulated by law, and should determine the jurisdiction of military courts whose function is limited to crimes of a military nature, committed by the personnel of the armed forces and the security forces." The researcher has decided to highlight the subject of " Guarantees of the Hearing of the Accused in the Iraqi Martial Justice" through partitioning it into two chapters, preceded by an introduction. The first chapter has dealt with the general guarantees of the accused in the military judiciary. In the second chapter, the special guarantees of the accusant in the military judiciary have been discussed. The stud has closed up with a conclusion containing important findings and proposals.

حماية الحقوق الثقافية للاقليات في القانون الدولي العام == Protection of Cultural Rights of Minorities in the Public International LaW

Author name: علي عدنان عبد الحكيم
Supervisor name: علي جبار كريدي القاضي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: International Humanitarian Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Public Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: he religious, linguistic, nationalist and ethnic variations are agreed upon and real, and such variations exist in most groups. In most countries around the world, there are human groups having its own characteristics which are different from the dominant majority. Most groups are trying to prove its existence and differentiation through its cultural heritage .As the cultural rights for the people of minorities of language, religion and education are responsible for keeping their distinctiveness from other members of community, hence such cultural rights are necessary to protect the existence of minorities as a distinguished group having its own culture. There is a possibility that such minorities practice other civil, political, economic and social rights, therefore the problem of minorities is considered common for most countries around the world, and this problem is renewable and subject to different variables.This problem once was addressed in accordance with internal laws, however, nowadays this problem is considered one of the issues that concern the international community because of its impact on states stability internally and externally. People of minorities enjoy all human rights stipulated by international conventions and treaties related to human rights as well as enjoying their own rights helping them maintain their own characteristics. And this is what some states included in their constitutions and internal laws.For the importance of human rights in general and minorities' rights in particular, there are many international mechanisms and means to protect these rights and practice international control which urges respect of such rights.Thus, the respect for cultural diversity and the granting of minorities their rights, stipulated in the international law including cultural rights of would help maintain the stability of states, and ensure that international peace and security are not exposed to jeopardy. Enjoying minorities these rights is an evidence that the state is on the right track,maintaining majority and minority's rights indiscriminately alike

المسؤولية الجزائية لعضو مجلس النواب عن جرائم القذف والسب في التشريع العراقي : دراسة مقارنة == The Criminal Responsibilities of a Parliament Member for Defamation and Insults in the Iraqi Laws A comparative study

Author name: هناء عبد الجواد علوان
Supervisor name: هدى هاتف مظهر الزبيدي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Constitutional Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Public Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: Studying the subject of the criminal responsibilities of the Parliament Member (P.M.) about the crimes of defamation and insults is of great importance as the (P.M.) is regarded as a representative of the people and expresses their wishes and desires in addition to the other tasks ; something like enacting laws ,oversight over the works of other authorities . He has other responsibilities entrusted to him according to the law. The (P.M.) enjoys many privileges. One of these is the parliament immunity, which turns his criminal responsibilities differ fromthose of ordinary people particularly those which are related to crimes of defamation and insults. Enjoying the substantive immunity prevents the ability to make him accountable for his speeches that include defamation and insults. Also enjoying the procedural immunity hinders taking any criminal procedures against him.Via our study we have come up with the following results ; the most important are : As the (P.M.) enjoys substantive immunity , he is not questioned about his opinions that contain defamation and insults in the limits that the Constitution explains , that is, the opinions given should be within the parliamentary work and because of it and his opinions during holding the parliamentary sessions - in the Parliament or in the parliament committees. The person who shares with him the crime of defamation and insult cannot make use of this immunity as it is personal immunitythat can take effect on the (P.M.) only .The media and media men cannot make use of this immunity, either. They are protected by their own special laws.As for the criminal responsibility for the crimes of defamation and insults in the field of procedural immunity, it does not protect him from investigating his responsibility for the crime, but it prevents the authority from taking any criminal procedures that may touch or harm his freedom during enjoying his being a member of the Parliament, because such crimes are looked upon as a misdemeanor , which theConstitution does not permit any procedures to take effect on the (P.M.), if he commits it whether it is witnessed or not ; and a procedure can be taken after his membership ends.Through our study of this subject, we have got the following recommendations : We recommend the legislature to amend the Iraqi constitution and rules of procedure of the Iraqi Parliament making the possibility of taking punitive action against the PM in the case of committing attested misdemeanor crimes because of the possibility of the malicious prospect in remarkable crimes. And also the legislature is recommended to make the possibility of asking for permission to take punitive action against P.M. who commits a misdemeanor which is unattested.We recommend legislature to organize the issue an authorization request to take punitive measures in the case of a member of the House of Representatives has committed an unattested felony, and determine a period of thirty days to decide on the application, otherwise request is deemed acceptable. We recommend legislature to consider membership status as an aggravating circumstance for the purpose of more severe punishment against the P.M.. Besides, we call for an exception to opinions contained the meaning of insults from views covered by immunity to the lack of justification for the coverage of immunity.We call on the legislature to amend the rules of procedure of the Iraqi Parliament, including determining the spatial scale of the objective immunity more specific and clearer providing for inclusion of the spatial scale of the objective immunity, wherever the P.M. practices duties and missions, so as to cover the Parliament and a place where committees held, even when held outside the dome of Parliament as well as any place where the P.M. exercises his/her duties. This in order to grant a P.M. a wide range of practicing to his/her duty without fear of being held accountable as a result of his views made by the occasion of performing their work outside the Parliament.

سلطة الادارة في مجال التخطيط العمراني في العراق : دراسة مقارنة == Administration Authority in the field of Urban planning Comparative Study

Author name: نور الهدى جميل خلف
Supervisor name: عامر زغير محيسن
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Administrative Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Public Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The study of &#34; Urban Planning&#34; has a big importance in the law field that&#39;s because its role in the life of society. Although there are many texts law which sits for this topic but it&#39;s still poor because many of them doesn&#39;t apply in real life. So absence controlling constructional expansion will distorted the general form of cities and spread a random building and non permitted that resulted safety and effect people standard of living by pressing these services which belongs for specific area because unexpected increase we know that services in some cities is sit for, some numbers of person. So that surely will reflects on the general state and make problems. For this, the administration authority must interfere quickly to solve and oblige law authority. While any disregard from it will increase the problems. Each roles this administration does belong to its authority which it got from the Urban Planning and laws for different countries which used some ways and rules to oblige the respect of the legality of urban planning. That’s why we divided this research into introduction and two chapters.The first one consists what Urban Planning and the authority of the administration in sits, which is divided into two sections, The first one consists what Urban Planning, The second one consists to authority of the administration sits the Urban Planning.Chapter two consists the censorship of the administration authority for Urban Planning, that we also divided into two sections . In the first one we speak about how the administration authority sits a protective handling. The second one we consists to study the administration authority to oblige the legality recompense. Finally we finished our research with a conclusion consists results and the recommendations which we has got.

دور المحكمة الجنائية الدولية في تحديد اختصاصها واثره على مبدا التكامل == The Role of The International Criminal Court in Limit Its Specialization and Its Effect on The Integral principle

Author name: مروة مكي مجيد
Supervisor name: علي جبار كريدي القاضي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: International Criminal Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Public Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: The study of the role of "The Role of The International Criminal Court in Limit Its Specialization and Its Effect on The Integral principle" that surround on the search of the type relations between the criminal court and national courts. The specialization of the international criminal court stand on the idea that it doesn't take the place of the nation courts in inquest, and trial while its specialization is to complete the specialization of this court. This idea had taken to get out from the objection of the state which saw that in the specialization of the criminal court there are some overrun on the specialization of national authority. While the idea of integral specialization of the international criminal court have some exceptions make state undesired and can't judge the international criminals committed. That make from the integral principle unstable and change according the law relation which sit for the international criminal court with the states. For that the role of the criminal court became as censorship on the national courts and that effect on national authority of the state.So this search had been divided into introduction and two chapters. The first chapter in titled of specialization of the international criminal courts and its relationship with the national courts that we also had divided into two parts, the first one consists specialization of reference of the international criminal court and the national courts ?. While the second one consists the study of the international criminal court relationship with notational courts. In the second chapter we talked about the disputed between the international criminal court and nationalcourts and we also had been divided into two parts. The first one speak about what the disputed specialization means?, and the second one consists the study of the tools that which solve the disputed between the international criminal court and the national courts.

التنظيم القانوني للرقابة المتبادلة بين مجلس المحافظة والمحافظ == The legal regulations Of The mutual control between the Provincial Council and Governor

Author name: قائد سلمان حسن
Supervisor name: جعفر عبد السادة بهير الدراجي
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Administrative Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Public Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: There are two types of control over local authorities represented by the Provincial Council and Governorate. The first one is the control of the central authority represented by legislative, administrative and judicial control and control of independent bodies. The other type includes mutual control among local bodies specifically the Provincial Council and Governorate which enables each authority to monitor the other authority's work.The means of mutual control between the Provincial Council and Governor which is enacted by the Act of governorates not organized in a region and the Provincial Council's bylaws resembles largely means of mutual control between the legislative and executive authority that enacted by the bylaw of Iraqi Council of Representatives, with a relative divergence for both in the frame and effectiveness.Provincial Council is the legislative and regulatory authority that has the right to issue domestic legislation to allow it to manage its affairs in accordance with the principle of administrative decentralization, without violating the constitution and federal laws that fall within the exclusive powers of the federal authorities as stipulated by Article (2/First) of the applicable Act of Governorates not Organized in a Region. As to the governor who is elected by the Provincial Council is deemed the highest executive official in a governorate, and s/he is of a rank of deputy minister regarding rights and employment service as stipulated in the applicable Iraqi Constitution Article (122/Third) and the Act of Governorates not Organized in a Region, in force in Article (24).The mutual control between a Provincial Council and Governor has been stated by the legislator in different texts, of unspecified nature of control and without specifying control means used by each party. This led to resorting to bylaws of Provincial Councils to fill the gap and address legislative insufficiency. However, these regulations have raised the problem of lack of being consolidated in one bylaw which caused a problem of difference among these regulations in determining regulatory means and systems, thus we call on the legislator to amend the Act of Governorates no Organized in a Region, in the form that the supreme coordinating commission takes the initiative to prepare and circulate this system among Provincial Councils, and to grant such Councils the right to add some provisions relating to the nature of each governorate to this system on condition that such provisions do not interfere with the unified bylaw.The mutual control between the Governorate and Governor discloses the imbalance between parties of control. The Provincial Council has had many means towards the Governor including questioning, interrogation and investigation, and raise a general issue for discussion in addition to other indirect procedures, while the governor has only a means of objection on decisions made by the Council, and a means of requesting to resolve the Provincial Council which are considered as indirect means. The Supreme Federal Court has the right to decide on the objection made by the governor on a decision made by the Provincial Council, and a request to resolve the Council should be submitted to the House of Representatives which should gain an absolute majority of its members.But these two mechanisms contradict the Constitution that determines jurisdiction of the Supreme Federal Court and jurisdiction of the House of Representatives exclusively. Hence we recommend the administrative judiciary court is to be responsible for deciding on an objection made by the governor on Provincial Council's decision which is in line with the Constitution. Also, we recommend to a request of resolving the Provincial Council is to be submitted to the Council of Ministers, not to the House of Representatives, as it is consistent with the administrative decentralization.The effect of mutual control leads to the dismissal of the governor or dissolution of the Provincial Council. The dismissal is conducted when the exclusive reasons stipulated by law are available such as dishonesty, abuse of office, causing the waste of public fund, the loss of one of the requirements of membership and intentionalnegligence.

مسؤولية الشاحن البحري : دراسة مقارنة == Marine Shipper Liability Comparative study

Author name: عمار مالك عبد الرضا المعمار
Supervisor name: يوسف عودة غانم
General topic: Law
Specific topic: Commercial Law
Degree: Master
University: University Of Basrah - College Of Law And Politics - Department Of Private Law
Language: Arabic
University location: Basrah
First pages:
Abstract: لقد ازداد الاهتمام بمسؤولية الشاحن البحري في العقود الاخيرة نتيجة تطور وسائل النقل البحري وتعقدهواازدهار التجارة البحرية، اذ اصبحت تمثل عصب الحياة التجارية على المستوى العالمي، وقد مهدت هذه الدراسة بالبحث في مفهوم الشاحن البحري والذي يراد به، كل شخص طبيعي او معنوي يلتزم بموجب عقد نقل بحري, بان يقدم للناقل بضاعة يملكها او يحوزها بعد اعدادها للنقل, وذلك لايصالها سالمة الى جهة الوصول لقاء اجر, على ان يكون له الحق باستلام سند شحن اصلي باسمه او لامره. وقد ظهر نوعين جديدين للشاحن البحري هما الشاحن المستندي والطرف المسيطر. ومن اهم خصائص الشاحن هو كونه طرف اساسي في عقد تجاري وعقد اذعان في الوقت ذاته نظرا لكون الشاحن طرف ضعيف في عقد النقل البحري. وثمة مراكز قانونية تتشابه مع المركز القانوني للشاحن البحري ولكن الاخير له ما يميزه عنها. ومن خلال الدراسة تبين ان هناك اكثر من اساس لمسؤولية الشاحن فهناك اساس مبني على الخطا الواجب الاثبات، في حين هناك اساس اخر مبني على المسؤولية الموضوعية, وفي حالة تحقق المسؤولية فان ثمة امكانية للاعفاء غير انه لواجود لتحديد مسؤولية الشاحن كما هو حال الناقل. وتتحقق مسؤولية الشاحن البحري نتيجة الاخلال بالتزامه بالتعريف بالبضاعة، وذلك من حيث عدم اعطاء بيانات صحيحة او عدم وضع العلامات او عدم اعطاء التعليمات اللازمة او عدم تزويد الناقل بالوثائق الضرورية الخاصة بالبضاعة، كما قد تتحقق مسؤولية الشاحن البحري نتيجة الاخلال بالتزامه بالشحن ودفع الاجرة، وقد اتضح تباين موقف القوانين من مسالة الزام الشاحن بالشحن، اذ الزمت بعضها الناقل دون الشاحن بالشحن. اضافة الى ان اطراف دعوى المسؤولية قد يكونوا مرتبطين بعقد النقل البحري وقد يكونوا من الغير. كما ان ثمة جهتين مختصتين بفض المنازعات وهما القضاء والتحكيم، وهناك من التشريعات من جعل مكان المحكمة القضائية او التحكيمية في اماكن محددة ونص على بطلان كل شرط قبل النزاع يهدف الى تغييرها، كما ان التشريعات الخاصة بعقد النقل البحري عدها هي الواجبة التطبيق ولا يجوز تجاوزها. وقد ظهر من خلال البحث ان للتقادم في مسؤولية الشاحن البحري قواعد خاصة تختلف عن القواعد العامة. على ان الملاحظ في كل ما تقدم هو اختلاف التشريعات الدولية والوطنية محل المقارنة فلا يكاد يوجد اتفاق بينها. وقد توصلت الدراسة الى ان هناك تطور واضح حاصل فيما يتعلق بتنظيم مسؤولية الشاحن البحري من الناحية القانونية، ولكنه لازال في بدايته لذا يحتاج الى تنظيم نصوص جديدة تاخذ بعين الاعتبار ضرورة توفير الحماية للشاحن البحري. | The liability of the shipper acquires an increasing importance in the last decades due to the development of marine transportation and the prospenty of marine trade. It becomes the heart of the commercial aspeet of life. This study starts with the concept of the shipper, who could be defined as every natural or moral person who oblige by carriage contract to provide the goods to the carrier as an owner or a holder of them on the condition that they should be ready for carriage to deliver them safe at arrival direction for cartain freight, also he has the right of delivering the shipping bill or for his order. Two types of shippers appeared : the documental shipper and the controller party. One of the most important features of the shipper is that he is a principal party in a commercial contract which is consideredas an ahdhesion contract due to the fact that the shipper is a weak party in carriage contract. There are also other legal positions similar to the legal position of the shipper but it is still different from them. The liability of the shipper takes place as a result of breaching his legal obligation in acknowledging the goods when he refuses to provide correct information when he doesn't signal or label the goods, when he doesn't give the correct instruction or when he doesn't provide the carrier with necessary documents. In addition to that, the shipper is liable when he breaches his obligation in shipping and paying the freight. It is shown through the study that not all rules oblige the shipper rather than some of them oblige the carrier to shipping. Moreover, It is shown that the base of the shipper liability is not specifically relied on provable fault rather there is another ground built on objective liability which when it is risen there is a capability to release. It is important to mention that there is no certain determination to shipper liability as the carrier, and the parties of action may be binded by carriage contract or may be from others. There are two ways to decide the disputes either judgement or arbitration, there are some acts state the locations of the judicial and arbitrary courts in certain places and consider any clause to change these location has no legal force and also consider the special legisations of carriage contract should be applied. The study concludes also that prescription has its influence on the liability of shipper in different way from this in general principle. It should be noted that the difference between international and locl rules is so far to a degree that they are rarely agreed on certain points. Moreaer the study is shown that there is a considerable progress concerning the liability of the shipper on the legal level, but it is in its first steps and need new provisions take in their consideration justice and the shipper protection
1 ... 79 80 81 82 83 ... 130